BIOLOGY Edexcel (9-1) Student Book Answers

Answers
SB1a Microscopes c 1 mm × 150 = 150 mm

d 1 mm × 1200 = 1200 mm
Student Book e 1 mm × 0.5 = 0.5 mm
5th 1 a The photo shows the flea 50 times 3 a 2 cm
bigger than it really is.
b 5 cm
7th b
5 / 50 = 0.1 cm or 1 mm c 15 cm
7th 2 5 × 5 = ×25; 5 × 15 = ×75; 5 × 20 = ×100 d 120 cm
e 0.05 cm
7th 3 Bacterium = 8 mm long. Dividing 8
4 a 10 cm (100 mm). Make sure students
by 0.002 gives magnification of 4000.
have included the unit.
(Answers may vary, depending on
accuracy of students’ measurements.) b 100 / 1 (or 10 / 0.1) = 100. The
magnification is ×100. The important point
5th 4 He could see points that were at least here is that students need to change one
0.002 mm apart as separate points, of the units so that both the measurement
but points that were closer than this and the size of the water flea are in the
appeared as a single point. same units.
c 60 mm / 100 = 0.6 mm (or 6 cm / 100 =
6th 5 They have a greater magnification and
0.06 cm). Accept answers that have used
they have a greater resolution.
an incorrect magnification from part b but
7th 6 0.0000002 mm = 0.0002 μm or 0.2 nm are otherwise correct.
or 200 pm 5 Length of offspring is 20 mm. 100 / 20 = 5. The
S1 Students should spot at least one similarity adult is 5 times bigger than the offspring.
(e.g. they both have a barrel containing two 6 a 20 mm / 100 mm = 0.2 mm or 1 mm / 5
lenses, they both have a focusing wheel, they = 0.2 mm
both need a light source) and one difference
b 0.2 mm = 0.002 m, 0.02 cm, 200 µm,
(e.g. today’s microscopes have bigger
200 000 nm, 200 000 000 pm
magnifications, have greater resolutions, are
not made of the same materials). The essential
point for students to understand is that greater SB1a.2 Microscopes – Strengthen
magnifications and greater resolutions now 1 The smallest distance between two points that
allow us to examine things with much greater can still be seen as two points.
clarity and detail.
2 a Hooke’s microscope: contains a barrel
E1 The points around the edges of a diatom are at with two lenses, uses light, magnification
minimum 20 µm or 0.02 mm away from each up to ×30, resolution down to 0.002 mm.
other and so can be seen with a microscope Modern light microscope: contains a barrel
that has a resolution down to 0.0014 mm with two lenses, uses light, magnification
(1.4 µm). However the pores are only 1 µm up to ×1500, resolution down to
(0.001 mm) in diameter and so cannot be seen 0.0001 mm.
with a microscope of this resolution.
b Microscopes, lenses, magnification,
resolution
Exam-style question
Two from the following: 3 20 × 3 = ×60
• image has more clarity/is clearer 4 a Electron microscope

• more detail can be seen / greater resolution b It has a better/greater resolution.
• larger image can be seen / greater 5 a 50 µm
magnification
b 5 mm
Activity and Assessment Pack SB1a.3 Microscopes – Extend

SB1a.1 Working with magnifications 1 a 100 000 / 100 (or 10 / 0.01) = 1000. The
1 Microscope magnification is ×1000. The important
point here is that students need to
2 a 1 mm × 20 = 20 mm change one of the units so that both the
b 1 mm × 50 = 50 mm measurement on the worksheet and the
size of the diatom are in the same units.
© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

purchasing institution only. This material is not copyright free.
1
Answers
b Resolution 6 a A microscope in which electrons, rather
c It is bigger. than light, go through a specimen to
create an image.
d Van Leeuwenhoek’s microscope could not
show the pores because his microscope b Electron microscopes have greater/
did not have a fine enough resolution. larger magnifications and better/greater
(The minimum distance between two resolutions.
points that his microscope could ‘resolve’
was greater than the width of the pores.) SB1a.5 The electron microscope
Ensure that students have explained their Homework 2
answers, rather than just described that
van Leeuwenhoek’s microscope did not 1
show the pores. Eyepiece lens Objective lens Total
e 1 µm = 0.001 mm or 1000 nm or magnification magnification magnification
1 000 000 pm ×3 ×5 ×15
f 20 × ? = 1000, so ? = 1000 / 20 = 50.
×6 ×10 ×60
A ×50 objective lens would be needed.
Accept incorrect answers that have ×7.5 ×30 ×225
been caused by the use of the wrong ×12.5 ×20 ×250
magnification calculated in part a.
2 8 × 2000 = 16 000 µm = 16 mm
2 a Similarities: they both magnify small
specimens. Differences: one uses light 3 130 × ? = 26 000 000 nm; 26 000 000 / 130 =
and one uses electrons, the electron ×200 000. It’s important to put both figures into
microscope has a greater resolution, the same units to start with.
the electron microscope has a greater 4 a Microscope Z because it has the finest
magnification, cost, colour of images resolution. Microscope X has a resolution
(electron micrographs can only add false of 200 nm and microscope Y has a
colours). There are other differences, such resolution of 20 nm.
as the fact that specimens can be alive for
b Microscopes Y and Z
use under a light microscope, but students
are unlikely to get these. They should 5 a Light
however be able to include one similarity b The lowest one on the diagram; it
and one difference, and have used words magnifies.
of comparison (such as comparative
c There is a vacuum inside the electron
adjectives and/or conjunctions such as
microscope and so the water flea would
‘similar to’, ‘whereas’).
not be alive. Or, the water flea has to be
b An electron microscope has a much cut very thinly and would be killed.
greater magnification and resolution.
d All electron micrographs are in black and
white.
SB1a.4 Microscopes – Homework 1 e It has a much greater magnification and
1 a–e
Correctly labelled microscopes. Either of finer resolution than a light microscope.
the two focusing wheels could be labelled.
6 Table with some or all of the points shown
2 a 5 × 20 = ×100 on the next page. Students may have done
b 5 × 30 = ×150 additional research to answer this question,
although all the answers can be found on the
3 a 60 / 20 = 3. Hair Y is three times thicker sheet or in the Student Book.
than hair X.
b 20 × 150 = 3000 µm
c 3 mm. There are 1000 µm in 1 mm.
d 60 × ? = 6000 (or 0.06 × ? = 6) ? = 6000 /
60 = ×100
4 a µm is micrometres, pm is picometres.
b 1000
5 how far apart two points have to be for you to
be able to see them as two points

2
Answers
Feature Light Electron (controls what enters and leaves the cell), cell
microscope microscope wall (provides support and protection), nucleus
(controls the cell and its activities), cytoplasm
Imaging using light electron beam (where the cell’s activities occur), mitochondria
Maximum ×1500 ×2 000 000 (where aerobic respiration occurs), chloroplast
magnification (where photosynthesis occurs), vacuole (stores
Finest resolution 0.1 µm 0.2 nm cell sap and helps to keep the cell firm and
rigid), ribosomes (to produce proteins).
Focused using glass lenses electromagnetic
coils E1 Students should identify chloroplasts, nucleus,
Organisms dead or alive dead mitochondria, ribosomes and vacuole as
organelles. They should point out that animal
Preparation of simple, quick complex, time-
cells never contain chloroplasts and do not
specimen consuming
have a large permanent vacuole (although they
Cost cheap very expensive may have smaller, temporary ones).
Exam-style question
SB1b Plant and animal cells A description that makes reference to the following
points:
Student Book
• chloroplasts contain chlorophyll
5th 1 Everything in photo A is 67 times bigger
than it really is.
• chlorophyll absorbs/takes in (sun)light
• (sun)light is used for photosynthesis
5th 2
Part Functions SB1b Core Practical – Using
cell membrane controls what enters and Microscopes
leaves; separates cells
1 stage (1)
nucleus controls the cell and its
activities 2 a D (1)
cytoplasm where the cell’s activities occur b B (1)
mitochondria release energy/where aerobic 3 to make sure you can find the (relevant part of)
respiration occurs the specimen OR to make sure that you do not
ribosomes make new proteins damage a high power objective lens (1)
4 a the lens makes things appear two times
6th 3 About four will fit across the field of view: bigger (1)
36 / 4 = 9 and so approximate diameter b 2 × 7 = ×14, 5 × 7 = ×35, 10 × 7 = ×70 (3)
is 9 µm.
5 a air bubbles (1)
5th 4 a Nucleus b lower the coverslip more carefully/slowly/
gently (1)
6th b
At this page size, the width of the
cell image is 4.7 cm; magnification 6 diameter of 10 cells is 0.2 mm, so diameter of
= ×3800 one cell = 0.2/10 = 0.02 mm (2: 1 for working,

4.7 cm = 0.047 m 1 for correct answer with units)

0.047 / 3800 = 1.2 × 10−5 m = 12 µm 7 a higher magnification OR better resolution
(OR description of either of those) (1)
6th 5 1000 nm in 1 µm. 25 / 1000 = 0.025 µm b 7 µm (1)
6th 6 a 8 µm c 0.007 mm (1)
d labelled drawing of neutrophil, recognising
6th b
1 µm the irregular shape of the nucleus (1), correct
labelling of nucleus, cell membrane and
5th 7 Mitochondrion cytoplasm (1)
6th 8 Chloroplasts – chloroplasts are what 8 a 0.45 × 500 = 225 mm (or 22.5 cm) (1)
make cells green because they contain b 0.1 × 500 = 50 mm (or 5 cm) (1)
the green pigment chlorophyll.
9 1 cm = 10 mm = 10 000 µm 10 000/20 = 500
S1 Plant cell drawn as in diagram D on SB1b Plant magnification = (500 (2: 1 for unit conversion,
and animal cells. Labels to cell membrane 1 for working to show magnification)

3
Answers
Activity and Assessment Pack
SB1b.2 Ideas about the cell
1
Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 1632−1723 ‘animalcules’ (now known as letters written to the Royal
bacteria) Society
Robert Hooke 1635−1703 observed cells in cork using a published a book called
microscope Micrographia
Franz Bauer 1758−1840 All plant cells have a cell nucleus. talk to Linnaean Society
Robert Brown 1773−1858 All plant cells have a cell nucleus. talk to Linnaean Society
Matthias Schleiden 1804−1881 The nucleus plays a role in making scientific papers
new cells.
Theodor Schwann 1810−1882 The nucleus plays a role in making scientific papers
new cells.
Rudolf Virchow 1821−1902 Cells originate from division of scientific papers
existing cells.
Richard Altmann 1852−1900 mitochondria − structures in cells treatise (a long, in-depth
that carry out chemical reactions to scientific essay)
keep the organism alive
2 Golgi, Koch and Dutrochet are examples. SB1b.4 Organelles – Extend

3 a Any sensible suggestions, e.g. letters 1 a&b
have been replaced by emails.
Organelle In In Function
b any reasonable suggestions, e.g.
plant animal
communication now faster so progress
cells? cells?
can be made more swiftly, etc.
chloroplast 3 where
photosynthesis
SB1b.3 Plant cells – Strengthen occurs
1 a & b Correct lines from cell to part names, large 3 stores cell sap
and then from top to bottom on permanent and helps to
diagram: vacuole support the cell
• Mitochondrion – where aerobic respiration mitochondrion 3 3 where aerobic
occurs respiration
• Cell wall – for support and protection occurs
• Cell membrane – controls what enters and nucleus 3 3 controls the
leaves the cell cell’s activities
• Chloroplast – where photosynthesis ribosomes 3 3 make proteins
occurs
2 Cell wall, cell membrane, cytoplasm
• Large permanent vacuole – stores cell sap
and helps to support the cell 3 About 10 cells can fit across the field of view
• Nucleus – controls the cell’s activities and so each one is roughly 0.2 mm / 10 =
0.02 = 20 µm wide. About two cells can fit
• Cytoplasm – where the cell’s activities
lengthways across the field of view and so
occur
each one is roughly 0.2 / 2 = 0.1 = 100 µm in
2 a Chloroplast height. Ensure the right symbol for micrometre
b Cytoplasm has been used.
c Make proteins 4 a Each ribosome measures 6 mm.
3 a a rough calculation 6 / 200 000 = 0.00003 mm = 30 nm
b it saves time b Scale bar drawn to show a certain
distance representing a certain number of
4 40 µm (Ensure the correct unit is used.) nanometres, making it easy to estimate
the size of a ribosome (e.g. a 6 mm line
with 30 nm written above it or a 12 mm
line with 60 nm written above).

4
Answers
SB1b.5 Cells and sub-cellular 3 a 1.3 mm
structures b The important steps are:
1. Use scale slide to work out diameter of
1 a From the top: nucleus, (large, permanent)
field of view at a certain magnification.
vacuole, cell wall, chloroplast, cell
(surface) membrane. 2. Examine the live cells under the same
magnification.
b Plant because it contains a large
permanent vacuole and/or a cell wall and/ 3. Estimate how many liver cells fit
or chloroplasts. across the field of view.
4. Divide the diameter of the field of
c Mitochondrion drawn in (similar in size and
view by the number of liver cells in the
shape to a chloroplast) and labelled.
previous step.
d It is where aerobic respiration occurs.
4 Ribosomes are very small sub-cellular
e To store cell sap and/or to keep the cell
structures and microscopes did not have the
rigid.
magnification or resolution needed to see them
f Ribosomes until electron microscopes were developed.
g Proteins
2 a 1.3 mm
SB1c Specialised cells
b 0.2 mm
c it saves time Student Book
3 a 5–6 µm 5th 1 any three human cells and their
functions (e.g. red blood cells to carry
SB1b.6 Cells in detail oxygen, muscle cells for movement,
nerve cells for carrying information)
1 a A rough calculation.
b To save time or to keep the focus on the 5th 2 a Drawing of a small intestine
more important parts of what you are doing. cell (as for diagram A in SB1c
Student Book) with the following
c An estimate can be used when the
parts labelled: cell membrane,
roughness of the calculations will not affect
microvilli/us, nucleus, cytoplasm,
any conclusion that you need to draw. It
mitochondria/on. Some students
cannot be used if this isn't the case.
may have referenced ribosomes.
2 a The drawing should measure 12 cm tall by 7th b
Scale bar drawn and labelled as
3 cm wide. 10 µm, which is half the length of
b Suitable scale bar drawn in, showing a the student’s drawing.
distance in µm. 6th c
It has a greater surface area (more
c Onion bulb cell – it contains a large area for absorption).
vacuole and/or a cell wall and/or it has
a rigid looking shape with straight sides 7th 3 It is a protein. Ribosomes are used to
and so is a plant cell. It does not contain make proteins.
chloroplasts so it cannot be an oak leaf
cell.
8th 4 many mitochondria
d • Mitochondria/on – where aerobic 6th 5 a

haploid because it only contains
one set of chromosomes/one copy
respiration occurs
of each type of chromosome
• Cell wall – for support and protection
7th b
so that a diploid cell is formed when
• Cell (surface) membrane – controls two gametes fuse
what enters and leaves the cell
5th 6 a
Drawing of a human egg cell with the
• (Large permanent) vacuole – stores following parts labelled: cytoplasm,
cell sap and helps to support the cell nucleus, jelly coat, cell membrane.
• Nucleus – controls the cell’s activities 5th b
The cell membrane hardens after
one sperm cell has entered. The
• Cytoplasm – where the cell’s activities
jelly coat also hardens.
occur
Some students may have mentioned
7th c
Correct magnification of drawing
ribosomes in the cytoplasm although based on an egg cell being 0.1 mm
these are not visible on the drawing. in diameter.

5
Answers
7 At least one similarity and one
8th
difference. This could be presented as a SB1c.2 Structure and function
paragraph or a table.
1/2
Similarities: they are both projections/
look similar, they are both covered in cell Sperm cell Egg cell Ciliated Epithelial
membrane. epithelial cell with
Differences: microvilli are much shorter, cell microvilli
microvilli do not need a source of energy acrosome large store fine finger-like
to operate, microvilli do not contain containing of nutrients hair-like extensions
strands of a substance that can contract. enzymes in the extensions of the cell
cytoplasm to the cell surface
6th 8 An egg cell is moved by ciliated membrane membrane
epithelial cells but a sperm cell has to
haploid haploid diploid diploid
swim against the current produced by
nucleus nucleus nucleus nucleus
the ciliated epithelial cells.
long tail jelly layer lines lines the
S1 • egg cell is swept along the oviduct towards surrounding oviducts small
the uterus – by the action of cilia on ciliated the cell intestine
epithelial cells membrane
• egg cell is protected – by jelly layer as it is many cell
moved mitochondria membrane
• sperm cell swims towards the egg cell hardens
– using its tail, streamlined shape and after
energy released by its mitochondria fertilisation
• sperm cell burrows through the egg cell jelly jelly layer
layer – using enzymes from its acrosome hardens
• sperm cell and egg cell nuclei join – the after the
sperm cell
nuclei are haploid nuclei and so join to
form a diploid nucleus nucleus
and egg cell
• fertilised egg cell becomes an embryo –
nucleus fuse
using the nutrients in the egg cell to grow
and develop 3 Sperm cell:
E1 • they have haploid nuclei acrosome: helps the cell burrow through the
jelly-like layer surrounding an egg cell;
• which means that when they join at
haploid nucleus: contains one set of
fertilisation, the resulting fertilised egg cell/
chromosomes because this is a gamete;
zygote is diploid
long tail: moves from side to side so the whole
• if the gametes had more than one set cell swims forward;
of chromosomes the resulting fertilised many mitochondria: release a lot of energy
egg cell/zygote would have too many quickly for movement of the cell
chromosomes and would not survive
Egg cell:
• the egg cell has a jelly coat, which hardens nutrients: provide a source of energy for cell
after fertilisation to ensure that no more division and growth after fertilisation;
than one sperm cell enters and so the haploid nucleus: contains one set of
zygote is diploid (rather than triploid etc.) chromosomes because this is a gamete;
• (the egg cell membrane helps with this jelly layer: protects the egg cell as it moves
function in the same way, by hardening) through the oviduct;
• the egg cell contains a store of food, to cell membrane hardens: helps prevent a
second sperm fertilising the egg cell;
provide energy for the zygote to grow and
divide into an embryo jelly layer hardens: helps prevent a second
sperm fertilising the egg cell
Exam-style question Ciliated epithelial cell:
Explanation that makes reference to the following fine hair-like extensions: sweep from side to
points: side to move things across the cell surface;
diploid nucleus: contains two sets of
• the cells have cilia on their outer surface (1)
chromosomes because this is a body cell;
• the cilia move with a wave-like movement that
lines oviducts: moves the egg cell from the
carries the egg cell along the tube (1)
ovary towards the uterus

6
Answers
Epithelial cell with microvilli: d Similar answer to the following: The cell
finger-like extensions: increase the surface produced by fertilisation is diploid because
area of the cell so substances are absorbed it is formed by the fusion of two haploid
more quickly; gametes.
diploid nucleus: contains two sets of
2 a protects the egg cell as it moves along the
chromosomes because this is a body cell;
oviduct
lines the small intestine: where digested food
substances are absorbed into the body b prevents other sperm cells joining with/
entering the egg cell
SB1c.3 Specialised cells c moves the sperm cell through the oviduct
towards the egg cell
Strengthen d release lots of energy for the movement of
1 b,c
Correct order of steps with associated the tail
adaptations: e digest a hole through the jelly layer of the
•
egg cell is swept along the oviduct towards egg cell so that the sperm cell nucleus can
enter
the uterus/cilia on ciliated epithelial cells
•
egg cell is protected as it moves/thick jelly f move the egg cell along the oviduct from
the ovary towards the uterus
layer surrounds cell
g provide a source of energy for growth and
•
sperm cell swims towards the egg cell/
development of the embryo
many mitochondria release energy for tail
movement 3 a many mitochondria to provide energy for
• sperm cell burrows through the egg cell contraction
jelly layer/enzymes in acrosome b many ribosomes to produce protein/enzyme
• sperm cell and egg cell nuclei join/haploid c large cell surface area to increase rate of
nuclei join to form diploid nucleus absorption
• fertilised egg cell becomes an embryo d cilia on surface membrane to move
and begins to grow/nutrients in egg cell substances across the cell surface
cytoplasm are a source of energy
2 Correct links: SB1c.5 Specialised cell questions
• nerve cell may be extremely long – helps Homework 1
the cell carry information to distant parts of 1 contains one set of chromosomes/half the
the body quickly number of chromosomes as a body cell
• cell membrane of an epithelial cell of the 2 The number of chromosomes must halve.
small intestine has many tiny extensions
(microvilli) that increase its surface area 3 a The tail moves the sperm cell along the
– helps the cell absorb digested food oviduct towards the egg cell.
substances quickly b Mitochondria provide energy for
movement of the tail.
• muscle cell contains many mitochondria
c The acrosome contains enzymes that
– provides lots of energy for rapid cell
contraction make a hole in the jelly layer around the
egg cell so the sperm cell can enter.
• some pancreatic cells contain many
ribosomes – helps the cell make lots of 4 length in diagram =
5 cm; real size
enzymes (proteins) = 5 / 1000
= 0.005 cm, 0.05 mm or 50 µm
SB1c.4 Specialised cells – Extend 5 a The jelly layer protects the egg cell as it
1 a i contains one set of chromosomes/ moves along the oviduct.
half the number of chromosomes as a b It hardens.
body cell c This prevents other sperm cells from
ii contains two sets of chromosomes entering.
b i haploid ii diploid iii diploid iv haploid 6 The cilia move the egg cell along the oviduct
c i The fertilised egg cell has twice as towards the uterus.
many chromosomes as an egg cell or 7 Function: It produces many proteins (e.g. an
sperm cell. enzyme/hormone-secreting cell).
ii The egg cell has half the number of Explanation: Ribosomes are where proteins
chromosomes as the body cell. are made.

7
Answers
SB1c.6 Life cycle of a moss 5th 4
Homework 2
Part Functions
1 a The embryo is diploid because it is formed
by the fusion of the haploid sperm cell and cell membrane controls what enters and
haploid egg cell. leaves/separates cells
b The spore case is diploid because it grows cytoplasm where the cell’s activities
from the diploid embryo. occur
c Spores are haploid because they grow ribosomes make new proteins
into haploid plants. chromosomal DNA controls most of the cell’s
activities
2 There are two sets of chromosomes in a
diploid nucleus but only one set in a haploid plasmid/plasmid controls some of the cell’s
nucleus. DNA activities
3 Length in diagram = 12 mm. Magnification = flagellum allows the bacterium to
(×15, so real size = 12/15 = 0.8 mm = 800 µm. swim / move
flexible cell wall for support (or protection)
4 Any two from:
slime coat for protection
• They may have tails that help them swim
in the water to the egg cell. 6th 5 Answers from 40 to 60 nm.
• They may contain many mitochondria to
help them move towards the egg cell. 6th 6 They are too small to be seen at this
• They may have enzymes at the front of magnification.
the cell to help burrow into the egg cell.
6th 7 H
5 The egg cell cytoplasm should contain lots
of nutrients that can be used as a source of Prefix Effect on unit … Example Effect
energy for the embryo as it starts to grow and on unit
develop into a spore case. milli- / 1000 millimetres (mm) × 10−3
6 They should have a large surface area/ micro- / 1 000 000 micrometres (µm) × 10−6
extensions of the cell membrane to increase nano- / 1 000 000 000 nanometres (nm) × 10−9
the surface area to make it easier to absorb pico- / 1 000 000 000 000 picometres (pm) × 10−12
water and mineral salts quickly.
7 The cilia on the cells in the oviduct help the 6th 8 H Football is 2.2 × 10−1 m in diameter.
human egg cell move along the oviduct. The Ribosome is 20 nm in diameter
embryo of the moss plant doesn’t move, so no = 2 × 10−8 m. Some students will have
cilia are needed. seen the connection between this
question and the last and noticed that
20 nm = 20 × 10−9 and this is the same
SB1d Inside bacteria as 2 × 10−8. Other students will have
done the calculations in a more round
Student Book about manner, but it is worthwhile
showing all students the effects of the
6th 1 a About 2 µm. You could fit about 10 prefixes in terms of standard form.
of the bacteria across the field of
view, which is 20 µm. S1 Bacterial cell drawn as in diagram D. Labels
to cell membrane (controls what enters and
7th b
length = 3.8 cm; magnification leaves the cell), flexible cell wall (provides
= ×12 600; 3.8 cm = 0.038 m support / protection), chromosomal DNA

0.038 m / 12 600 = 3.02 × 10−6 m (controls most of the cell’s activities),
= 302 µm cytoplasm (where the cell’s activities occur),
plasmid/plasmid DNA (controls a few of
5th 2 a In the cytoplasm, on the right of the the cell’s activities), ribosomes (to produce
photo/near the flagellum. proteins), flagellum (to move), slime coat (for
5th b
DNA protection).
5th c Nucleus
5th 3 Movement/lets the bacterium swim.

8
Answers
E1 Students should spot at least two similarities, Flagellum – for movement.
e.g. they both contain DNA, have cell (surface) Chromosomal DNA – to control most of the
membranes, both contain ribosomes, both cell’s activities.
contain cytoplasm; and at least two differences,
Plasmid/s – contain DNA to control some of the
e.g. eukaryotic cells: contain mitochondria,
cell’s activities.
many chromosomes, a nucleus, bigger
ribosomes. Chromosome/s – contain DNA (and proteins)
and control most of the cell’s activities
Exam-style question 3 a Bacterium
Two from: b Eukaryotic cells have a nucleus and
• (flexible) cell wall prokaryotic cells do not.
• slime coat / capsule 4 Students might identify nucleolus (puts
• plasmid(s) ribosomes together), nuclear pores (controls
transport of substances between cytoplasm
• small ribosome
and nucleus), Golgi body (modifies proteins),
• mesosome (students are unlikely to have
endoplasmic reticulum (helps in the
met this)
manufacture of proteins), smooth endoplasmic
• pilli (students are unlikely to have met this) reticulum (manufactures lipids). There are
• flagellum/a (in this course sperm cells are also a variety of smaller vacuoles and vesicles
(used to store and transport substances), and
described as having a ‘tail’, although some
sources will describe it as a flagellum. lysosomes (contain enzymes to break down
Bacterial flagella work using a rotary waste materials in the cytoplasm).
‘motor’ and have a different structure to
sperm cell ‘tails’, which work using sliding SB1d.3 Inside bacteria – Strengthen
filaments in order to create a waving
motion). 1 a & b Lines from cell to correct part names
and then from the top:
Do not accept:
• (cell) (surface) membrane • Slime coat – for protection (not all bacteria
have this).
Activity and Assessment Pack • Flexible cell wall – for protection and
support.
SB1d.2 Comparing animal and • Cell (surface) membrane – controls what
bacterial cells enters and leaves the cell.
1 Animal cell top left labelled with: mitochondria, • Chromosomal DNA – contains the
instructions for most of the cell’s activities.
cell (surface) membrane, cytoplasm, nucleus.
Bacterial cell top right labelled with: cytoplasm • Cytoplasm – where the cell’s activities
occur.
(and possibly cell wall/slime coat/cell surface
membrane). • Plasmid – contains a small proportion of
the bacterium’s DNA.
Animal cell bottom left labelled with:
mitochondria, cell (surface) membrane, • Flagellum – for moving.
cytoplasm, nucleus, ribosomes, chromosomes. 2 a Cytoplasm
Bacterial cell bottom right labelled with: b Make proteins
cytoplasm, slime coat, (flexible) cell wall, cell
3 nucleus (or mitochondria, or any other
(surface) membrane, cytoplasm, flagellum,
membrane-bound organelle found in all
chromosomal DNA, plasmid.
eukaryotic cells – i.e. not chloroplasts).
2 Cell (surface) membrane – controls the
4 a About 0.00 mm
substances coming into and out of cell.
b About 0.000002 m
Nucleus – controls activities of cell.
c About 2 × 10−6 m
Cytoplasm – where the cell’s activities occur/
contains dissolved substances. 5 a 1 mm
Mitochondria/on – provides energy for cell b There are 1 × 109 nm in 1 m.
activities using aerobic respiration.
Ribosomes – make proteins.
Slime coat – for protection.
Cell wall – provides support and protection.

9
Answers
SB1d.4: Comparing cells – Extend 6 a 0.0000006 m
b 6 × 10−7 m
1 a
Cell Found in Found in Found in SB1d.6 Comparing prokaryotic and
structure animals? plants? bacteria?
eukaryotic cells – Homework 2
cytoplasm 3 3 3
1 A (top left): prokaryotic (no nucleus); all the
chloroplast 3 others are eukaryotic because they have
nucleus 3 3 nuclei (and other sub-cellular structures with
plasmid 3 membranes).
ribosomes 3 3 3 2 Flagella for movement, slime coats for
cell protection.
3 3 3
membrane 3 Most is in a large loop of chromosomal DNA;
cell wall 3 3 small quantities are found in small loops called
mitochondria plasmids / of plasmid DNA.
3 3
permanent 4 a 1 000 000 000 000 pm in 1 m
3
vacuole b 1 × 1012 pm
DNA 3 3 3 5 a 0.00000002 m
b Paragraph should: b 2 × 10−8 m
point out at least one similarity (e.g. they H c 0.04 m or 4 × 10−2
both have cytoplasm)
6 H ×20 000
point out at least one difference (e.g.
prokaryotic cells do not have a nucleus) 7 Conjugation allows the transfer of plasmids;
plasmids contain DNA; so newly received
contain full sentences that are well-linked,
plasmids may contain instructions for activities
using words/phrases for comparison (e.g.
that are new to a bacterium and so change its
compared with, similar to, the same as,
cellular activity.
whereas).
2 a make proteins
b protection SB1e Enzymes and nutrition
3 a 0.000002 m Student Book
b 2 × 10−6 m 6th 1 a glucose molecules
H c 4 × 10−2 m
6th b
amino acids
SB1d.5 Eukaryotic and prokaryotic
6th c
fatty acids and glycerol
cells – Homework 1
1 Nucleus, prokaryotic, DNA, plasmids, 7th 2 The starch in the bread is broken down
eukaryotic, ribosomes, proteins to sweet-tasting glucose.
2 Flagellum 6th 3 a amino acids

3 Slime coat / (flexible) cell wall 6th b
glucose
4 a Underlined: cell surface membrane,
cytoplasm
6th 4 It’s a molecule found in living organisms
that speeds up the rate of reactions.
b Ringed: chloroplast, permanent vacuole
5 Students could have given examples in other
6th 5 a Enzymes are made of amino acids,
SI base units apart from metre (e.g. gram). 7th b
because they are proteins.
Prefix Effect on unit … Effect Example
on unit 6th 6 substrate is starch; products are small
sugars such as maltose
milli- / 1000 × 10−3 millimetres (mm)
micro- / 1 000 000 × 10−6 micrometres (µm) 6th 7 any two enzyme-controlled processes,
nano- / 1 000 000 000 × 10−9 nanometres (nm) such as digestion of food, respiration,
breakdown of hydrogen peroxide
pico- / 1 000 000 000 000 × 10−12 picometres (pm)

10
Answers
into account the alignment of molecules
7th 8 The amount of phenylalanine will needed to form bonds) the joining together of a
increase because there is no enzyme line of jigsaw puzzle pieces using sticky tape to
to catalyse its breakdown. This could hold them together.
damage nerves and the brain.
8th 9 Diagram or flowchart that shows SB1e.3 Enzymes – Strengthen

enzymes released from stomach surface Students’ own concept maps
onto the food → enzymes break down
the tissues of the food into smaller
molecules → small molecules absorbed
SB1e.4 Enzymes – Extend
(by diffusion) into the starfish. 1 a It is a synthesis reaction, because larger
molecules are being made by linking
S1 The concept map should include the following
together smaller ones.
or similar words, appropriately linked:
carbohydrate, glucose, protein, amino acid, b speeds up the rate of reaction
lipid, fatty acid, glycerol, synthesis, monomer, 2 a The substrate is a polymer chain in the
polymer, digestion/breakdown, enzyme, bacterial wall, as this is the molecule that
biological catalyst, substrate, product. Other is changed by the enzyme in the reaction.
words may be included that link with these.
b The penicillin stops polymer chains
E1 If the enzyme is stopped from working by being linked together, so the cell wall is
penicillin, the links between polymer chains weakened.
cannot be made. This means the bacterial cell
3 a protein
wall remains weak.
b amino acids
Exam-style question 4 Any suitable reaction where a large molecule
Explanation that makes reference to the following is broken down into its subunits, such as the
points: digestion of starch by amylase into small
sugar molecules. The enzyme speeds up
•
digestive enzymes catalyse the breakdown
the breaking of bonds between the sugar
large food molecules (1)
molecules.
•
so that they are small enough to cross cell
5 The biological molecules in food are too large
membranes (1)
to be absorbed into the body. So they must be
•
to supply body with nutrients and sources
digested into smaller molecules that can cross
of energy (1)
cell membranes. Enzymes speed up the rate
of digestion so that large amounts of digested
Activity and Assessment Pack food molecules can be absorbed quickly as
SB1e.2 Synthesis and breakdown food passes through the small intestine.
1 The subunits of starch are glucose molecules, 6 Any suitable answer that shows the importance
of proteins are amino acids, and of fats are of enzymes in catalysing a reaction fast
glycerol and fatty acid molecules. enough for life processes to be supported
properly; such as enzymes in respiration
2 – being fast enough to supply energy from
3 Like scissors, some enzymes break the bonds the breakdown of sugar molecules for other
in large molecules, 'cutting' them into smaller processes needed by cells to stay alive and
parts. grow.
4 Completed diagrams should look like those in SB1e.5 Enzymes and reactions
diagram B in SB1e Enzymes and nutrition in
the Student Book, showing synthesis as the Homework 1
formation of a large molecule from smaller 1 Diagram correctly labelled, showing protein
ones. made of amino acids, carbohydrate made of
5 The subunits should be labelled as ‘substrates’ glucose molecules, lipid molecule made of
and the large molecule as ‘product’ in the three fatty acids and one glycerol molecule.
synthesis reaction described in question 4. 2 proteins
6 Any suitable answer that models the formation 3 A catalyst is a molecule that speeds up the rate
of links between small molecules, such as of a reaction. A biological catalyst is a catalyst
using a piece of sticky tape to join two pieces found in living organisms.
together, or more effectively (because it takes

11
Answers
4 a mouth (from salivary glands) and small SB1f Testing foods
intestine (from pancreas)
b starch Student Book
c It speeds up the breakdown of the starch 5th 1 a presence of starch
into small sugars.
5 The enzymes speed up the formation of large
6th b The iodine solution might change
molecules from smaller ones. very little in colour, or not at all,
because the starch has been
6 The results show that at the start, the enzyme/ broken down to sugars.
glucose mixture does not contain starch. After
4 minutes some starch has been made, and by 5th 2 a Benedict’s solution
8 minutes the solution contains a lot of starch
because it turns the iodine solution blue/black. 7th b When the banana is still unripe,
This means that starch synthase catalyses the the colour will remain blue. As the
synthesis of starch from glucose. banana gets increasingly ripe, the
solution will change from blue to
orange and eventually to red/orange
SB1e.6 Enzymes in digestion when fully ripe because the amount
Homework 2 of reducing sugars increases in the
1 Enzymes are released to break down large tissues as the banana ripens.
molecules into smaller ones, because large 6th 3 a This indicates that the banana
molecules cannot cross the cell surface
contains protein.
membrane. The bacteria and fungi need the
molecules to make new molecules inside their 6th b This indicates that there is no lipid
cells for growth and to release energy for other in the banana.
reactions.
7th 4 As the food burns, energy is transferred
2 a The molecules that the cell needs are by heating to the water. The change in
synthesised (built up) from the absorbed, temperature of the water is a measure of
small, digested food molecules. the amount of energy released from the
b Enzymes catalyse the synthesis reactions food.
so that they happen more quickly.
8th 5 When food is burnt in a calorimeter,
3 Carbohydrates are broken down to glucose energy stored in the food is released,
or small sugars made of a few glucose causing heating of the surroundings.
molecules. Proteins are broken down to a During respiration inside a cell, the
range of different amino acids. Lipids are energy stored in a food molecule is
broken down to fatty acids and glycerol. transferred to other processes that
4 Similarity: the protein is broken down to amino happen inside the cell.
acids. Differences: digestion is much faster in S1 a The biscuit contained protein.
the digestive system and does not need such a
b The biscuit contained no reducing sugar.
high temperature.
c The biscuit contained starch.
5 a The greater the surface area of the food,
the more food molecules the enzymes can d The biscuit contained fat.
come into contact with. So digestion by E1 You would measure the mass of each food
enzymes will be faster on chewed food. before burning, so that the results can be
b The more rapid digestion by enzymes in calculated in terms of energy transfer per gram
the digestive system makes it easier for of food. The temperature increase should be
organisms to absorb the molecules they measured with the same thermometer for each
need from the environment more quickly. test, to avoid any errors between different
So life processes can happen much faster. thermometers (random error). The burning
food should be held as close to the tube as
6 The bacterial enzymes digest molecules in
possible, so that the flame heats the tube and
the waste food that the human enzymes do
not the surrounding air – this should be the
not digest. Although some of the digested
same for each test. The foods should be burnt
molecules will be absorbed by the bacteria,
completely, so that all energy is transferred
some may be absorbed by the human. This
from the food.
means that the human may get more nutrition
out of their food than if they had no bacteria in
their large intestine.

12
Answers
Exam-style question 5 a Blue/black (1) because rice contains a lot
If samples of the starch/amylase mixture were of starch. (1)
tested at different times after mixing, the iodine b Blue (1) because egg white contains no
test (1) would change from turning blue/black to no reducing sugar. (1)
change when all the starch had gone. (1) Samples c Purple (1) because egg white contains
taken at the same time and tested with Benedict’s protein. (1)
solution (1) would show no change in colour at the
d Cloudy emulsion (1) because cheese
start, but change from green, through yellow to
contains fat/lipid. (1)
orange/red when all the starch had been digested
to reducing sugar. (1) 6 Biscuit: contains starch, a little protein, fat/lipid,
lots of reducing sugar. (1)
Cauliflower: no starch, no protein, no fat/lipid,
SB1f Core practical – Testing some reducing sugar. (1)
foods Egg yolk: no starch, lots of protein, fat/lipid, no
1 a starch (1) reducing sugar. (1)
b protein (1) Fat-free milk: no starch, lots of protein, no fat/
lipid, a little reducing sugar. (1)
c fat or oil/lipid (1)
d reducing sugar (1) 7 a egg yolk, low-fat milk, cauliflower, biscuit
(1)
2 a Iodine test: food sample, iodine solution +
b Benedict’s test is semi-quantitative/gives
pipette or dropper bottle. (1)
some indication of how much reducing
Biuret test: food solution in test tube, sugar is present (1), but the iodine test is
potassium hydroxide solution, copper qualitative/only shows if starch is present
sulfate solution, pipettes. (1) or not. (1)
Ethanol emulsion test: food solution in test 8 a Mix the same volume of either Sudan III
tube, ethanol, tube of water .(1) stain or food solution with water as in the
Benedict’s test: food solution in test tube, test, shake and allow to settle. (1)
Benedict’s solution, warm water bath. (1) b Comparing the test results with the control
b Iodine test: use the dropper to place a will identify any change caused by mixing
few drops of iodine solution on the food the food with Sudan III stain (1), so that
sample. (1) the conclusion about whether or not the
Biuret test: add some potassium hydroxide food contains fat will be more certain. (1)
to the food solution and mix. Then add two
drops of copper sulfate solution and mix. Activity and Assessment Pack
(1)
SB1f.3 Testing foods – Strengthen
Ethanol emulsion: add ethanol to the food
solution and shake to mix. Pour off ethanol 1 a reducing sugar
into water, and shake to mix. Leave to b protein
settle. (1) c starch
Benedict’s test: add equal volumes of d fat/lipid
Benedict’s solution to the food solution
and mix. Warm the mixture in a water 2
batch for a few minutes. (1) Reagent Colour Colour of
3 check the hazard information for any reagents before test positive result
used (1) Benedict's solution bright blue red precipitate
4 Iodine: positive – blue/black; negative – yellow/ biuret solution pale blue purple
orange. (1) iodine solution yellow/orange blue/black
Biuret: positive – purple; negative – blue. (1) ethanol clear cloudy
Ethanol emulsion: positive – cloudy emulsion; emulsion
negative – clear solution. (1) 3 a yes
Benedict’s: positive – colour change (with b no
extent of colour change indicating approximate c yes
amount, from green/a little, orange/some, red/
lots); negative – blue. (1) d yes

13
Answers
4 a Energy from the burning food was lipid/fat/oil because a cloudy emulsion is
transferred to the water by heating. formed with ethanol
b The raisin contains stored energy. very little protein, because the biuret solution
c This will mix the water so that it is the changed colour only slightly from pale blue
same temperature throughout, and give a quite a lot of reducing sugar because an orange
more accurate reading. precipitate is formed with Benedict’s solution.
3 a A qualitative test gives no information
SB1f.4 Testing foods – Homework 1 about amount, just whether something is
1 a iodine solution present or not.
b Benedict’s solution b A semi-quantitative test gives a rough idea
c ethanol of comparative amounts, such as ‘little’ or
‘lots’.
d copper sulfate and potassium hydroxiode
solutions / biuret solution 4 The mass of a piece of biscuit is measured.
The temperature of the water is measured.
2 a Make a solution of the food, add
The biscuit is then set alight and placed under
Benedict’s solution. Warm at about 70 °C
the tube as quickly as possible, making sure
for a few minutes.
as much of the flame as possible is under the
b A red precipitate would form. tube and that the flame is close to the tube. The
3 Crisps contain starch because the starch biscuit is completely burnt – if the flame goes
test turned blue-black. Crisps don’t contain out before this, it should be relit as quickly as
reducing sugar because the solution stayed possible. As soon as the biscuit is completely
bright blue. Crisps contain fat because a burnt, the water is stirred and its temperature
cloudy emulsion formed at the top of the tube. measured again. The change in temperature is
Crisps don’t contain protein because the adjusted by using the actual mass of biscuit to
solution stayed light blue. calculate the change per 0.5 g of biscuit.
4 a calorimeter 5 a Temperature rise will be too low

because more of the energy from the
b The water increases in temperature
burning biscuit will be transferred to the
because energy released from the food is
surrounding air.
transferred to the calorimeter and water in
it. b Temperature rise will be greater than it
should as there is less water to heat up.
c More of the energy released from the
food will be transferred to the surrounding c The temperature rise will be lower than it
air, and not to the calorimeter. So the should as there is still energy stored in the
temperature of the water will not increase biscuit.
as much as it should. 6 Group 3 has lower values for all of their results,
suggesting the way they carried out all their
SB1f.5 Food tests and calorimetry – tests was different. Any reason that indicates
Homework 2 this is suitable, e.g. they always held the flame
too far below the tube; they always used more
1 iodine solution: place a few drops of solution water than other groups.
on dry food or solution
7 Ignoring the anomalous results, the
ethanol: make a solution of the food, add a few temperature increase for biscuit B is higher
drops of ethanol, shake well. Pour some of the than for other types. This means more energy
mixture into water and shake again, then leave has been transferred from the biscuit to the
to stand to allow layer to form water, so that biscuit must have more energy
Biuret solution: make a solution of the food, per gram than others.
add a few drops of solution; leave mixture to 9.8 + 9.3 + 10.0
stand for a few minutes 8 a mean = = 29.1 = 9.7 °C
3
Benedict’s solution: make a solution of the b 407 J
food, add an equal volume of Benedict’s
solution; heat in a very hot water bath for a few 9 any two suitable suggestions that increase the
minutes amount of energy captured and measured,
such as: enclosing the flame so that all the
2 The biscuit contains: heat is transferred to the water; insulating the
starch because the iodine test turned blue/ equipment to reduce the transfer of energy
black from the water to the surrounding air

14
Answers
SB1g Enzyme action enzymes are different shapes, and
different substrates are different shapes
Student Book – only a substrate of the right shape can
interact with the active site and so take
7th 1 The active site is a small pocket in the part in the reaction/lock-and-key model)
enzyme where the substrate fits at the
c what happens when an enzyme
start of a reaction.
is denatured (e.g. changes in the
8th 2 Because different enzymes have environment change the shape of the
different arrangements of amino acids. active site of the enzyme so much that the
The interactions between amino acids substrate molecule can no longer fit into it
create the 3D shape of an enzyme and and so the reaction cannot take place).
its active site. Different arrangements
of amino acids will create different 3D Exam-style question
shapes. Description that makes reference the following
points:
7th 3 An enzyme only works with molecules of
one kind or those with a similar shape. • the active site holds the substrate
molecule in the correct place (1)
8th 4 Amylase has an active site that fits • so that bonds can break (or form) easily
starch molecules. Proteins have a (1)
different shape to starch and so will not
fit in the active site of amylase. Activity and Assessment Pack
9th 5 Part of the starch molecule fits into the SB1g.2 Enzyme action
active site of the amylase. The enzyme
helps bonds in the starch molecule to Completed diagrams should look something like
break so that it separates into smaller this:
molecules.
substrate molecules
8th 6 Denaturing is when the active site of
the enzyme has changed so much that
the substrate molecule can no longer fit
neatly into it and the reaction cannot take product
place. active site
enzyme
9th 7 Temperature can affect the shape of
Synthesis
enzymes, and their active sites. This can
slow down the rate of reactions that the
enzymes catalyse. If reactions go too
slowly in the body, then life processes
may not work fast enough for the cells substrate
and body to stay alive.
S1 Flow charts along the following lines:
•
normal function: substrate molecule fits
active site
products
neatly into active site > changes in the
substrate caused by the enzyme may form enzyme
or break bonds > new/product molecule(s) Breakdown

formed and released from active site
•
denatured enzyme: substrate molecule
cannot fit neatly into active site > so
reaction cannot happen.
E1 Student's own labelled diagrams that clearly
SB1g.3 How enzymes work
show the following: Strengthen
a why enzymes have a particular shape 1 a/b/c Correct order:
(e.g. how the order of amino acids in the A solution of the enzyme is mixed with a
chain affect the 3D shape of the enzymes solution containing substrate molecules.
and its active site) One substrate molecule fits neatly into the
b why enzymes are specific to a particular active site of the enzyme, like a key into a
substrate (e.g. the active site of different lock.

15
Answers
Some bonds in the substrate molecule SB1g.5 Enzyme shapes
break, causing the formation of two
Homework 1
product molecules.
The product molecules are a different 1 Enzyme (the large blobby shape) correctly
shape to the substrate, so they no longer labelled in all three diagrams.
fit into the active site and are released
2 a Active site (the slot) correctly labelled.
from the site.
The active site of the enzyme molecule is b Similar because the substrate has to fit
free to accept another substrate molecule. well into the active site.
2 a Identified statement should be 'One 3 a No

substrate …' b Because it has the wrong shape of active
b/c The substrate cannot fit properly in the site for other substrates (lock-and-key
active site of a denatured enzyme. model) / enzymes are specific to the
substrate they work on.
3 a/b
Set of statements similar to the following:
A solution of the enzyme is mixed with a 4 It would slow down the reaction because the
solution containing substrate molecules. substrate would no longer fit in the active site
Two substrate molecules fit neatly together and so could not be changed by the enzyme.
into the active site of the enzyme, like a
key into a lock. SB1g.6 Cleaning laundry
Some bonds form between the substrate Homework 2
molecules, so that they join to form one
product molecule. 1 a Proteases break down proteins, so should
The product molecule is a different shape help remove stains containing proteins
to the substrate molecules, so no longer such as meat, fish or egg stains.
fits into the active site and is released from b The proteins in the stains fit into the active
the site. site of a protease enzyme. This catalyses
The active site of the enzyme molecule the break down of the protein, making it
is free to accept another pair of substrate easier for it to wash out of the clothes.
molecules. 2 Enzymes are catalysts, which means they
4 a/b
Only enzymes with the shape of active speed up the rate of reactions. Speeding up
site that matches the substrate shape can the rate of breakdown of large molecules in
work. Different enzymes have different stains should reduce washing time.
shapes of active site and so work with 3 Stains are caused by many different large
different substrates. molecules, not just proteins. Proteases are
specific to proteins, which means they will not
SB1g.4 Enzyme specificity – Extend work with other substrates. This means they
Completed diagrams should show something like will have no effect on stains caused by lipids
this. and carbohydrates.
4 Higher temperatures could cause the enzymes
1 Labelling on enzyme 1 and enzyme 2
to denature, so that the active site changes
explaining that the chain of amino acids is
shape and no longer fits the substrate. So the
different in different enzymes. As the order of
enzymes will not catalyse the breakdown of the
amino acids in the chain affects the shape, this
substrate so well at higher temperatures.
means different enzymes will have different
shapes. 5 Carbohydrases break down carbohydrates,
e.g. amylases break down starch, so should
2 Labelling for enzyme 1 with substrate should
help remove stains caused by starches in
indicate that the substrate fits the active site
bread or other foods from plants. Cellulases
and so enzyme 1 will catalyse a reaction with
break down cellulose, which forms part of
this substrate. Labelling for enzyme 2 with the
a plant cell wall and so should help remove
substrate should indicate that the substrate
stains caused by plant material such as grass
does not fit the active site and so enzyme 2 will
stains. Lipases break down lipids and so
not catalyse a reaction with this substrate.
should help remove 'greasy' stains caused by
3 Labelling for enzyme 1 with substrate should animal fats or plant oils.
indicate that if enzyme 1 is denatured, the 6 a Inhibition means that the enzyme does not
active site will change shape and the substrate work as well.
will not fit. So enzyme 1 will no longer catalyse
the reaction with this enzyme. b Any suitable answer that links a change
in the active site of the enzyme and the

16
Answers
substrate not fitting it to a slow down in S1 Sketch should be similar to graph B, labelled
rate of reaction. to show why rate increases up to optimum
c The new protease is not affected by the and decreases above optimum (as in bulleted
inhibitor and so is more effective than the list below graph B), and to show optimum
traditional protease at all concentrations of temperature where rate is at its highest level.
enzyme protein. E1 Answer should include testing the rate of
substrate breakdown or product formation at
different temperatures, to find the cellulase
SB1h Enzyme activity that had an optimum closest to the required
temperature.
Student Book
6th 1 a 18 minutes Exam-style question
Explanation that makes reference to the following
6th b
3 minutes points:
6th c
10 minutes • denatured means the enzyme no longer
breaks down proteins (1)
7th 2 The shape of the active site of the
enzyme at 50 °C did not match the
• because the shape of the active site has
been changed too much / protein no
shape of the substrate molecule as well longer fits into the active site (1)
as it did at 40 °C.
6th 3 a 40 °C SB1h Core practical – pH and

7th b the temperature at which the enzymes
reaction took place at the fastest
1 The substance that is changed during an
rate
enzyme-controlled reaction. (1)
9th 4 a The molecules don't move as 2 The pH at which the reaction works fastest. (1)
quickly and so the enzyme and
substrate molecules bump into each 3 Only a substrate with the right shape (1) will
other less frequently. fit into the active site of the enzyme during the
reaction. (1)
9th b
Temperatures above the optimum
change the shape of the active site, 4 Changing the pH changes the shape of the
so the substrate molecule no longer active site of the enzyme (1) so that it does not
fits well and so is less likely to take match the substrate so well, and the reaction
part in the reaction. happens more slowly. (1)
8th 5 a Graph like graph D but with peak/ 5 yellow/orange before contact with starch (1);
optimum at pH 2. blue/black after contact with starch (1)
9th b
Graph annotated as graph D. 6 There is no starch left in the mixture (1)
because all of it has been broken down in to
9th 6 When substrate concentration is low, not simple sugars by the enzyme. (1)
all enzyme molecules have a substrate
7 a temperature is a control variable / we
molecule in their active site, so the
need to stop the temperature changing (1)
reaction rate is slower. As substrate
because temperature also affects the rate
concentration increases, more enzyme
of enzyme-controlled reactions (1)
molecules have a substrate molecule in
their active site so the rate of reaction is b use an electric waterbath or heating block
faster. When all active sites on enzyme (1)
molecules are filled, the reaction cannot c It would improve the experiment because
go any faster and the rate of reaction you would be able to keep the temperature
levels off. much more constant. (1) It is also easier to
set up and use. (1)
9th 7 Different enzymes have different
optimum pHs. If there were only one 8 a gas syringe (1) with any suitable
protease enzyme, it might work well reason, such as some of the oxygen
in the digestive organ with a pH close might dissolve in water (if the upturned
to its optimum, but more slowly (or be measuring cylinder was used), or the
denatured) in the other organ where the scale on the syringe might be finer so
pH was further from its optimum. giving more accurate readings. (1)

17
Answers
b use a pH meter (1) because: no longer fits, and the reaction happens more
• universal/pH indicator solution might slowly. Graph C correct labels, or similar:
G As substrate concentration increases, there
interfere with the reaction
are more substrate molecules that can fit into
• OR a pH meter is more accurate
the active sites in enzyme molecules, so the
• OR universal/pH indicator is not reaction happens faster.
accurate/sensitive enough to H When the active site of every enzyme
distinguish between small pH molecule contains a substrate molecule, other
increments (1) substrate molecules must wait their turn. So
c Graph drawn from data in table: the reaction cannot go faster.
• axes drawn with suitable scales and
labelled appropriately (1) SB1h.4 Changing enzyme activity
• points plotted accurately and joined Extend
by one curved line for each pH (1)
1 a A possible source is bacteria found in
• both lines drawn on same axes (1) hot springs, because their enzymes are
d Measurement taken at 4 mins for pH 6 is adapted to working at high temperatures.
too low compared to the rest of the results. b Method should measure how much
(1) Any suitable reason that explains the substrate is broken down or product is
low result, such as scale was not read formed over time, repeated at different
accurately. (1) temperatures; results used to produce rate
e 10.6 cm3 produced in 6 mins = 10.6 ÷ 6 = of reaction graph against temperature for
1.77 cm3/min (1) the cellulase.
9 a bacterium A: pH 4 (1); bacterium B: pH 2 (1) c Graph should have similar shape to graph
B in Student Book SB1g Enzyme activity
b The enzyme from bacterium A because
with the highest point of rate of reaction at
it takes less time to break down the
37 °C.
substrate than the enzyme from bacterium
B. (1) d Labels should explain that:
Rate of reaction below the optimum
c Bacterium A (1) because its optimum pH is
increases as temperature increases,
the most acidic. (1)
because molecules have greater (kinetic)
energy so the chance of collision and
Activity and Assessment Pack reaction between a substrate molecule
and the active site of an enzyme molecule
SB1h.3 Factors affecting enzyme increases
activity – Strengthen The fastest rate of reaction is at the
1 Correct label positions on graph A: optimum temperature, when substrate
A As temperature increases, particles move molecule and active site interactions are
faster. So there is a greater chance of a rapid.
substrate molecule fitting into an active site Rate of reaction decreases at
and being changed. temperatures above the optimum because
B Optimum temperature: when the enzyme the temperature affects interactions
is working fastest because many fast moving between amino acids in the protein/
substrate molecules enter and fit easily into the enzyme chain and so changes the shape
active site of the active site. This means it no longer
C When temperature is above the optimum, fits the shape of the substrate so well. At
the active site changes shape so the substrate even higher temperatures, the enzyme is
molecule no longer fits, and the reaction denatured and no longer interacts with the
happens more slowly. substrate.
e The cellulase with an optimum
2 Graph B correct labels, or similar:
temperature closest to the working
D When pH is below the optimum, the active
temperature of the process would produce
site is not quite the same shape as the
biofuel at the fastest rate.
substrate molecule. So the reaction happens
more slowly. 2 a Graph should have similar shape to graph
E optimum pH: when the enzyme is working D in Student Book SB1g Enzyme activity,
fastest because the substrate molecule fits with the highest point of rate of reaction at
easily into the active site pH 8.
F When pH is above the optimum, the active
site changes shape so the substrate molecule

18
Answers
b Labels should explain that: At high substrate concentrations, rate of
i At the optimum pH, the shape of the reaction does not change because there are
active site and substrate molecule match no empty active sites. A substrate molecule
best. So the chance of a substrate cannot take part in a reaction until an active
molecule fitting into the active site and site becomes free.
interacting with the enzyme is greatest 4 Very low or high pH changes the shape of the
and the rate of reaction is fastest. active site so much that the substrate molecule
ii At pHs below and above the optimum does not fit. So the reaction cannot take place.
the rate of reaction decreases because
pH affects the interaction of amino SB1h.6 Enzyme activity questions
acids in the chain that forms the
enzyme. This changes the shape of
Homework 2
the active site. Distortion of the shape 1 a About 37 °C because that is the normal
increases the further the pH is from the core temperature of the human body,
optimum, so the substrate is less likely and so the temperature at which these
to fit into the active site and react. At enzymes normally work.
pHs far from the optimum, the enzyme b Sketch graph such as below. The width
may be denatured so that it no longer of the curves is not important, but the
interacts with the substrate. position of the optimum pH for both curves
3 a A 1% solution contains 1 g in 100 cm3 of should be correct.
solution. So 5 cm3 of solution contains:
1 × 5 / 100 = 0.05 g of casein
rate of reaction = 0.05 / 10 = 0.05 g/min
b If there are fewer substrate molecules,
then there is less chance that a substrate
molecule will collide and fit into the active
site of an enzyme and so take part in a
reaction.
c At higher substrate concentrations, the
graph will gradually level off.
d As substrate concentration increases,
more active sites are filled with substrate
molecules, and the curve of the graph c Optimum pHs should be marked at the
starts to level off. When almost all active topmost point of each curve, at about pH 2
sites are filled, the rate of reaction cannot for pepsin and pH 8 for trypsin.
increase further. d Both enzymes work fastest at their optimum
pH. Either side of this optimum, rate of
SB1h.5 Enzyme activity questions reaction falls rapidly because the pH affects
the interactions between amino acids in the
Homework 1 chain that forms the enzyme and so affects
1 a about 40 °C the shape of the active site. The greater the
b The optimum temperature is when the rate change in the shape of the active site, the
of reaction is fastest. less likely a substrate molecule will stick in it
and take part in a reaction.
2 a 100 / 8 = 12.5 g/min
2 a Interactions between different amino acids in
b about 20 °C and about 48 °C a protein molecule affect the 3D shape of the
c At the lower temperature, the shape of molecule. The active site of an enzyme will
the active site matches the shape of only accept substrates of the right shape, and
the substrate molecule. At the higher so will only accept parts of the amino acid
temperature, the active site will have chain with particular amino acids forming a
changed shape so it no longer closely particular shape that fits the active site.
matches the shape of the substrate b Different protease enzymes makes it
molecule. possible to break up large proteins of
3 At low substrate concentrations, rate of different amino acid sequences into much
reaction increases because more substrate smaller chains, small enough to pass
molecules can fill empty active sites in enzyme across the wall of the small intestine and
molecules. so be absorbed into the body.

19
Answers
3 Pepsin is produced in the stomach where the
hydrochloric acid makes the stomach contents 9th 5 The solute concentration inside the red
acidic and closer to the optimum pH for pepsin. blood cell is greater than in the water; so
Trypsin is released by the pancreas, and water flows by osmosis into the cell; too
digests proteins in the small intestine where much water will (increase the internal
bile increases the pH to near the optimum for pressure and) burst it.
trypsin activity.
9th 6 percentage mass increase of 6.25%
4 The concentration of starch in food in the
mouth may be too large for all the starch to 7th 7 because the molecules cannot diffuse
be broken down to smaller sugars before through the cell membrane; because
the food enters the stomach. Amylase will be that is against the concentration gradient
denatured in the stomach because its optimum 7th 8 They would have a lot of mitochondria
pH is 7. So more amylase is released by the
to release energy for active transport.
pancreas into the small intestine where pH
Some students may also include the
increases again, so that more of the starch
idea that having a folded membrane will
can be broken down and more sugars can be
allow greater surface area for protein
absorbed from the digested food.
channels and so increase the rate of
active transport.
SB1i Transporting substances S1 They will be absorbed by active transport
because sugar molecules are too big to diffuse
Student Book through the cell membrane, and because this
would be against the concentration gradient.
6th 1 Smelly particles are moving; they
are moving in random directions; so E1 The sorbitol causes the inside of the intestine
eventually they will spread out (into to have a higher solute concentration than
areas in which they were not found the surrounding cells. Water then moves by
previously). osmosis from the cells and into the intestine.
This makes the faeces watery.
7th 2 a The perfume molecules will be in a
higher concentration near the dish Exam-style question
and the concentration gradient runs
Explanation that makes reference to the following
down from the dish towards the rest
points:
of the lab.
7th b
There will be an overall movement • there is an overall movement of water
molecules/osmosis from the potato cells
down the concentration gradient. Or
into the surrounding solution (1)
there will be an overall movement of
particles away from the dish. • because the solute concentration in the
solution is greater than in the potato cells
7th 3 There is a greater concentration of (1)
oxygen in the fluid than in the cells; Accept explanations in terms of overall
so there is a concentration gradient concentrations of solvent molecules.
running down from the fluid to the cells;
the random movement of the oxygen
molecules means that there will be SB1i Core practical – Osmosis
an overall flow of molecules down the
concentration gradient and into the cells. in potato slices
1 Osmosis is the diffusion/overall movement of
7th 4 a Y to X
water molecules through a semi-permeable
9th b
There are more water molecules membrane, from the side where there are
on side Y, and so there will be an more of them in a given volume to the side
overall movement from where there where there are fewer. (1)
are more of them to where there are 2 In salty soil, there would be more water
fewer of them. Or Side X contains molecules in a given volume in the root
a more concentrated solution/more cells than in the soil (1), so osmosis/overall
solutes but the water molecules movement would be from the cells into the soil.
can fit through the membrane and (1)
make side X become the same
concentration as side Y.

20
Answers
3 Increasing the amount of salt in the roots 10 a The potato lost water fastest, (1) because
will decrease the number of water molecules the gradient of its line is steeper than for
in a given volume of tissue. (1) If the salt the halophyte. (1)
concentration in the roots is high enough, b Potato has a lower solute concentration
osmosis will take place from the soil into the inside its cells than the halophyte, (1) so
roots. (1) will lose water faster by osmosis than the
4 a amount of moisture on the outside of the halophyte when placed in a concentrated
potato piece (1), time that potato is in the solution. (1)
solution (1) c Rate of change = −8.2 ÷ 6 = −1.4% per
b To make sure that any percentage change minute (1)
in mass (1) is the result of the change
in concentration of the solution that the Activity and Assessment Pack
potato was placed into. (1)
SB1i.3 Explaining transport
5 boiling tubes (one per concentration to be
tested), tube rack, paper towels (for blotting 1 Order: C (most concentrated), D (more dilute
potato), potato, sucrose solutions at specific than C), B (more dilute than C and D), A (pure
concentrations (1) corer or knife, accurate solvent)
balance, distilled water (for 0% solution) (1) 2&3 It is osmosis because it describes the overall
6 Any suitable suggestion of a test run movement of solvent particles across a semi-
using a few solutions with widely spaced permeable membrane.
concentrations. (1) This will show whether it is Osmosis (overall movement of solvent
better to use solutions with a narrower range particles across the membrane) will happen
of concentrations, and which are most likely to from A to B, A to C and A to D, because there
produce different results. (1) are more solvent particles in a particular
7 Percentage change removes any variation due volume of A than in the same volume of all the
to differences in initial mass between slices. (1) other solutions. Osmosis will also occur from
B to C, B to D, and from D to C, for the same
8 Any suitable suggestion that will adjust for reason.
experimental variation, such as repeat each
test with several different potato slices and 4 It is diffusion because it describes the overall
average the results. (1) movement of solute particles across a semi-
permeable membrane. Diffusion of solute will
9 a 0% + 0.09 g; 10% − 0.26 g; 30% − 0.55 g; occur from B to A, C to A and D to A because
50% − 1.17 g (1 mark for correct values, the concentration gradient of the solute is from
1 mark for units and correctly identifying a solution to pure solvent. Diffusion will also
gain or loss) occur down the concentration gradient from C
b 0% + 1.9%; 10% − 5.0%; 30% − 11.1%; to B, from C to D, and from D to B.
50% − 24.1% (1 mark for correct values,
5 The cell could convert the solute inside the
1 mark for units and correctly identifying
cell to another substance, as this will reduce
gain or loss)
the concentration of the solute inside the cell.
c The slice gained mass because osmosis Then solute particles can continue to move
took place into the root from the down their concentration gradient into the cell.
surrounding water. (1) Alternatively, the cell could use active transport
d All the slices lost mass, but the percentage to move more solute particles into the cell
loss in mass increases as the solution against their concentration gradient.
concentration increases. (1) This is
because osmosis happens faster as the SB1i.4 Transporting substances
difference in concentration between the
potato tissue and solution increases. (1)
Strengthen
e A concentration equivalent to between 0% 1 a There will be a higher concentration inside
and 10% sucrose solution, (1) because the cells because there are more sugar
when the concentrations are equal there molecules in the same space.
will be no change in mass. (1) b They would diffuse out of the cells into
f Any suitable suggestion that identifies how the small intestine because diffusion is
accuracy can be increased, such as using the overall movement of molecules from
a range of solutions between 0% and where there are more of them to where
10%. (1) there are fewer (down their concentration
gradient).

21
Answers
c They could use active transport as that d Osmosis will stop when the concentration
process moves molecules against their of solution on either side of the tubing is
concentration gradient. the same, because there will be as many
d It uses energy (from respiration). water molecules moving into the bag as
out of the bag at any one time.
2 a osmosis
3 The mass of solution at the start of the
b There has been overall movement of
experiment is 136 – 36 = 100 g.
water molecules from the water, where
there were more of them, into the potato The mass of solution at the end of the
cells, where there were fewer of them. The experiment is 198 – 36 = 162 g.
increase in mass is due to the water that
percentage gain
has entered the cells.
final mass − initial mass
c percentage gain =  ____________________
         × 100%
initial mass
=  ____________________
         × 100% 162 − 100
initial mass = _________
     × 100%
100
35 − 28
= _______
    
× 100%
  = 62%
28
4 a Diffusion will take place when there is a
= 25%
greater concentration of sugar molecules
inside the intestine than inside the cells.
SB1i.5 Transporting substances Active transport will take place when
Extend there is a greater concentration of sugar
1 a (The sugar is broken down into smaller molecules inside the cells than inside the
molecules that are) absorbed into the cells small intestine, against their concentration
lining the intestine by diffusion. gradient.
b The concentration of the sugar inside the b Diffusion is a passive movement of solute
intestine will decrease and inside the cells molecules down their concentration gradient.
will increase. Active transport is an active process that
requires energy to move solute molecules
c The change in concentration will cause across a semi-permeable membrane against
water molecules to move from the inside their concentration gradient.
of the intestine into the cells, as osmosis is
the overall movement of solvent molecules
from a more dilute solution to a more SB1i.6 Transporting questions
concentrated one. Homework 1
d As water is removed from the faeces, they 1 A semi-permeable membrane allows some
will become firmer. molecules to pass through, but not others.
e As sorbitol is not broken down and 2 a diffusion
absorbed, the concentration inside the
small intestine may be higher than inside b from the 30% solution to the 10% solution
the cells lining the small intestine. So the c Diffusion occurs from the region where
overall movement of water will be out of there are more glucose molecules (higher
the cells into the intestine, causing the concentration) to the region where there
faeces to be more liquid than normal. are fewer (lower concentration).
2 a Diffusion of glucose will take place 3 a osmosis
from the inside of the bag, where its b from the 10% solution to the 30% solution
concentration is higher, across the c There are more water molecules in the
membrane and into the water, where its 10% solution than in the 30% solution,
concentration is lower. and osmosis will happen from the region
b Osmosis will take place from the water where there are more water molecules to
outside the bag, where there are the most where there are fewer.
water molecules, into the bag, where the
solution concentration is higher. 4 percentage gain
c Diffusion will stop when the concentration =  ____________________
         × 100%
of solution on either side of the tubing is initial mass
the same, because there will be as many 50 − 25
= _______
    
× 100%
 
glucose molecules moving into the bag as 25
out of the bag at any one time. = 100%

22
Answers
5 a active transport
b Mitochondria release energy and active
transport needs energy to happen.
SB1i.7 Absorption in plant roots

Homework 2
1 Osmosis, because this is the process
by which water molecules cross a semi-
permeable membrane from where the solution
concentration is lower (in the soil water) to
where it is higher (in the root hair cell).
2 a It decreases the concentration of the
contents of the cell.
b The concentration of the contents in the
root hair cell will now be lower than in a
cell further into the root.
3 Water molecules continue to move by osmosis
across the root because when they move into
a cell they reduce its concentration compared
with cells nearer to the centre of the root.
4 Active transport because the molecules are
moving against their concentration gradient.
5 This increases the concentration gradient from
the root hair cell to cells further into the root.
6 The mineral salt molecules move from cell to
cell across the root by diffusion because they
are moving down their concentration gradient.
7 Mitochondria release energy from respiration.
The absorption of water would continue
because this is a passive process. The
absorption of mineral salts into root hair cells
from the soil would stop because this is an
active process that requires energy.
8 The cell wall is a strong structure that
surrounds the whole cell. As water is absorbed
by osmosis, the contents of the cell will
increase in size. If too much water is absorbed,
the cell membrane could burst. The cell wall
prevents the cell membrane stretching so far
that it bursts.

23
Answers
SB2a Mitosis Activity and Assessment Pack
Student Book SB2a.2 Cell cycle
6th 1 any sensible suggestions such as liver cell 1/2/3
(diploid), sperm cell or egg cell (haploid) Figure Title Label
(arranged
7th 2 16
in a cycle
7th 3 to make sure that the daughter cells have but in this
the same number of chromosomes as the order)
parent cell d interphase The cell is between
cell divisions.
8th 4 so that each daughter cell has the same
b (interphase) The chromosomes
number as the parent cell/so that each
are copied.
daughter cell has enough mitochondria
(for respiration) e prophase Spindle fibres form
in the cell and the
7th 5 Table should show each stage of nuclear membrane
mitosis in order and with an appropriate starts to disappear.
description from diagram B. Some f metaphase The chromosomes
students may add in additional detail that line up in the middle
can be seen in the images that is not in of the cell.
the captions (such as the cell starting to
c anaphase The chromosomes
constrict during telophase).
are pulled apart by the
8th 6 Its cells are identical to the parent’s. spindles.
a telophase The nuclei start to
7th 7 They contain exactly the same reform.
chromosomes/genes/genetic information.
g cytokinesis A cell membrane
8th
8 because it needs all the cells in the offspring divides the cells.
to be genetically identical to the parent’s
4 Prophase, metaphase, anaphase, telophase
8th 9 a a lump on the stem and cytokinesis are all part of mitosis.
9th b
changes to cells, causing rapid/ SB2a.3 Mitosis – Strengthen
uncontrolled cell division (students
are not expected to know anything 1
about what causes the ‘changes’ to interphase The DNA in the cell is copied
the cells of the rose) (making X-shapes, each containing
S1 Flow chart showing the steps of mitosis: a chromosome and its copy).
prophase, metaphase, anaphase, telophase Sub-cellular parts (such as
and cytokinesis. mitochondria) are also copied.
prophase The membrane around the nucleus
Students may also have included interphase, starts to break down.
but the flow chart should clearly indicate that
this is part of the cell cycle but happens prior to metaphase The chromosomes line up in the
mitosis. middle of the cell.
anaphase Each of the chromosome
E1 If there are very few members of the opposite
X-shapes splits to form two
sex in an area then there is less chance that an
single chromosomes. The single
organism can reproduce sexually. If organisms
chromosomes move away from
are able to reproduce asexually then they can
each other.
still reproduce. Asexual reproduction relies on
mitosis to produce clones. telophase The single chromosomes arrive
at opposite ends of the cell. The
Exam-style question membranes around each nucleus
start to form again.
•
the cell cycle produces diploid cells/cells
cytokinesis The cytoplasm of the cell is
with two sets of chromosomes (1)
separated as a cell membrane
•
gametes/sperm cells are haploid/contain
divides the cell into two daughter
one set of chromosomes (1)
cells.

1
Answers
2 two of: growth, repair and asexual reproduction b ‘Diploid’ means having two copies of each
chromosome.
3 Diploid ‘means’ that the cell has two copies of
each chromosome. ‘Genetically identical’ means c Cells need to be diploid because
that the daughter cells have exactly the same otherwise the amount of genetic material
genes as the parent cells (and each other). would halve each time the cell divided.
4 If the cells do not stop dividing when they are 5 a Cancers are caused by cells that divide
supposed to, then lumps of cells build up, which uncontrollably, and if the spindle fibres
are called tumours. These can damage the body. cannot form then the cells cannot divide.
b Mitotic inhibitors will not just stop cancer
SB2a.4 Cell division – Homework 1 cells dividing – they will stop all cells
dividing, and this can lead to side effects
1 the chromosomes and the sub-cellular such as loss of hair.
structures such as the mitochondria
c You would see cells form X-shaped
2 Drawing should show single chromosomes at chromosomes but no movement of the
either end of the cell and nuclear membranes chromosomes.
starting to reform.
3 a metaphase b prophase c interphase SB2b Growth in animals
d cytokinesis
Student Book
4 growth, repair and reproduction
4th 1 a any suitable answer, such as
5 a Cells that are genetically identical are the measuring mass once a week, or
same as the parent cell (and each other). measuring length from tip of nose to
b ‘Diploid’ means that the cell has two end of tail every week
of every chromosome. It is important 5th b This would show the increase in
because otherwise the amount of genetic
size over time, which is caused by
material in each cell would halve every
an increase in number of cells in the
time the cell divided.
kitten's body.
SB2a.5 Cell division and cancer 6th 2 a no

Homework 2 6th b
The mass increase is due to the food
1 replication of the DNA and replication of and water, not due to an increase in
substructures such as mitochondria the number of cells in the body.
2 Prophase – The membrane around the nucleus 6th 3 a about 7.9 kg
starts to break down.
Metaphase – The chromosomes line up in the 7th b
3 months is about 6.4 kg, 9 months
middle of the cell. is about 8.9 kg, so the increase is
Anaphase – Each of the chromosome 8.9 − 6.4 = 2.5 kg
X-shapes splits to form two single
chromosomes. The single chromosomes move 8th 4 Yes, because the growth curve remains
away from each other. close to the same percentile curve
Telophase – The single chromosomes arrive throughout the year.
at opposite ends of the cell. The membranes
5th 5 a There is a large amount of fat
around the nucleus start to form again.
stored in droplets in the cell.
Cytokinesis – The cytoplasm of the cell is
separated as a cell membrane divides the cell 7th b
The cell has no nucleus, which
into two daughter cells. makes more room for haemoglobin
that combines with oxygen.
3 Mitosis is important for growth, because
organisms need new cells to grow. Mitosis 6th 6 a any two suitable suggestions, for
is important for repair, because organisms example muscle cells and cells
need to replace cells that are damaged or lining the gut
old. Mitosis is also important for asexual
b
appropriate explanation and
7th
reproduction, because identical cells (or
prediction of adaptations, for
organisms) can be produced.
example:
4 a The cell copies the chromosomes and then Muscle cells that move wings will
each of the new daughter cells gets exactly contain proteins that contract to
the same chromosomes as the parent cell.

2
Answers
shorten the cell. 3-month-old babies lie.
Cells lining the gut are specialised for 3 Yes, it lies close to the 9th percentile curve
absorption such as by having microvilli throughout the year.
to increase their surface area.
4 A health professional might become concerned
S1 Cell number increases due to cell division by when the baby is 6 months old, as the baby's
mitosis. Different kinds of cells develop through mass increases to the 25th percentile though
cell differentiation. his length remains near the 9th percentile. This
E1 Advantages include: simple measurements could indicate that the baby is getting too much
done regularly are good indicators of growth food and is at risk of becoming overweight.
and therefore health of the baby. Disadvantages 5 One measurement may suggest
include: the few measurements taken may not normal growth, while comparison of two
indicate problems with internal organs or with measurements makes it easier to identify
other parts of the body that are not measured. possible problems.
Exam-style question 6 Any three suitable examples with appropriate

explanation linking structure to function, such
An explanation including the following points:
as:
• Percentile growth curves show the rate
• Red blood cell has no nucleus and is
of growth expected for babies of different filled with haemoglobin to carry as much
birth weights. (1) oxygen as possible around the body.
• Plotting a baby's growth on a set of
• Muscle cells contain contractile proteins
percentile curves can indicate if the baby
that shorten the cell.
is growing normally or not. (1)
• Nerve cells (neurones) have a long fibre
that carries electrical impulses around the
Activity and Assessment Pack body, and many short connections that
SB2b.2 Growth in animals link to other neurones.
Strengthen
SB2b.4 Specialised human cells
1 a Cell division by mitosis: this produces two
identical daughter cells from the division of 1 Cell division is when cells divide in two, such
one parent cell. as during mitosis.
b cell differentiation (which causes Cell differentiation is when cells become
unspecialised cells to change some specialised and end up looking and working
features and become differentiated to differently.
carry out particular functions) 2 Cell A: contains a large fat globule that fills
2 a muscles most of the cell, squeezing the cytoplasm and
nucleus to the edge. Function: to store fat until
b muscle cell the body needs energy.
c The cells can shorten causing the muscle Cell B: filled with haemoglobin. Function:
to shorten, which pulls on bones of the carries oxygen around the body in the blood.
arm causing the arm to move.
3 a At 3 months old, the baby boy had a mass
3 As the child gets older, cell division in the that was larger than that of 25 per cent
tissues of the legs increases the number of of other 3-month-old boys and lower than
cells. There is also an increase in cell size of that of 75 per cent of other 3-month-old
the new cells, which results in growth. boys.
4 It means that 25 per cent of babies have a b The doctor would have become concerned
shorter length than this at 3 months old. when the boy was between 6 and 7
months old, as his mass had dropped from
SB2b.3 Growth in animals – Extend above the 25th percentile curve to around
the 2nd percentile curve, which suggests
1 growth, involving cell division and he was not eating properly or was not
differentiation absorbing food well.
2 a It lies on the 9th percentile curve.
b This means that the baby has a length SB2b.5 Growth in space
below which 9 per cent of the lengths of 1 No, it is not growth because it does not
other 3-month-old babies lie, and above involve cell division and differentiation. It is
which 91 per cent of lengths of other

3
Answers
simply lengthening of the body because the
gravitational force is less than on Earth. 6th 2 a Cells are dividing quickly by mitosis.
2 Muscle cells can contract/shorten. This means 6th b

Cells are getting longer.
the muscle can pull on bones and other
organs, causing movement of that part of the 7th c
Some cells are differentiating and
body. becoming specialised for different
functions.
3 The leg, back and neck muscles are the
ones that support most of the body mass, so 5th 3 a They are all similar.
these are the muscles that will experience
the greatest change in space when gravity 7th b
because they have recently been
is reduced, and so suffer the greatest loss of formed by mitosis
cells.
6th 4 a They each have a long extension that
4 As a child grows, different parts of the body reaches out into the soil to increase
increase in size at different rates. This will the surface area for absorption.
change the forces on the leg bones. The bone-
7th b
The increased surface area of the
forming cells (osteoblasts) will produce more
cell and the greater contact with the
hard tissue where the forces are greatest, and
soil makes it easier for water and
so change the shape of the leg bone, such as
mineral salts to enter the cell.
by widening the bone at the 'neck' just before
the ends of the bone. 6th 5 They form long hollow tubes that water
5 Differentiation allows different parts of the can easily pass through. The walls of
body to specialise for different functions, so the tubes are thickened and strong,
that the body can carry out those functions to withstand the pressure of the water
more effectively. Osteoblasts produce hard moving through them.
bone tissue that can support other parts of the 7th 6 Root hair cells make it easier for the
body. Differentiation also allows the body to
plant to absorb water and dissolved
adapt to changing needs throughout life. So,
mineral salts from the surrounding soil.
the bones will change shape over time due to
Xylem vessels help the plant to move
a balance between osteoblasts making new
water and dissolved mineral salts quickly
bone where there are greater stresses, and
and easily from the roots to other parts
osteoclasts removing bone where the stresses
of the plant.
are reduced. This keeps the bones effective for
supporting the rest of the body. 9th 7 • Increases in height, leaf surface
6 Children might grow differently on Mars than area and tree girth all indicate an
on Earth, and using the Earth curves might increase in the number of cells in
give the wrong indication about whether or not the plant, and therefore growth.
they were growing healthily. Increases in mass can indicate an
increase in the number of cells, but
7 Any suitable answers for each curve with may be affected by the amount of
suitable explanations, such as the following water in the plant.
examples. The length curves would probably
show that a baby would be longer at any given
• A better answer will indicate that
an increase in mass can also be
age, because gravity would have less of an affected by the amount of water
effect on the skeleton. The head circumference in the plant, so that measurement
curves may not be much different from on of dry mass is a more accurate
Earth, as the gravity difference may have less measure of plant growth than wet
of an effect on this. The mass curves will be mass due to an increase in cell
lower due to the lower gravity on Mars. They number and size.
may also be different depending on what kind
of food is available on Mars. 8 a starting/initial mass is 2.27 kg; mass
6th
after 5 years is 76.74 kg
gain in mass = final mass – initial
SB2c Growth in plants mass = 76.74 – 2.27 = 74.47 kg
Student Book b
percentage increase in mass
6th
final mass – initial mass

____________________
6th 1 Meristems are the parts of a plant where =            ×
initial mass
cell division/mitosis is happening quickly, 100%
such as in shoot and root tips.

4
Answers
___________ 76.74 − 2.27
=   
     × 100% = 3281%
2.27
8th 9 Palisade cells have many chloroplasts
in their cytoplasm, because chloroplasts
contain chlorophyll that captures energy
from light for photosynthesis/are the site
of photosynthesis in a plant.
S1 The seedling increased in size through cell
division and cell elongation. The cells also
differentiated into many different kinds of
specialised cell with different functions in the
tree, such as different cells in the leaves, trunk
and roots.
E1 The change in cell size means there is
movement of substances into and out of cells at
different times of day. Some of this movement
of substances will be active (against their
concentration gradient), and so needs energy.
So guard cells contain many mitochondria to
provide energy from respiration.
Exam-style question
Explanation should include the following points:
• Ribosomes are where proteins are made. (1)
• Meristem cells are the site of cell division
where new cells are formed and so will
need more proteins. (1)

SB2c.2 Plant cell map
1/2/3 he map and notes should include the
T
following.
Cell type Where found Function Adaptations
xylem vessels in veins that run from the carry water and dissolved thick strong walls that do not bend
roots, through the stems, nutrients from the roots to all under water pressure
to the leaves, flowers other parts of the plant dead cells/no cytoplasm, so water
and buds moves quickly through vessel
root hair cells on the surface of roots in absorb water and dissolved large surface area increases rate
an area just behind the nutrients from the soil of absorption
root tip
palisade cells in the leaf, near the top where most photosynthesis contain many chloroplasts, where
surface is carried out photosynthesis takes place
guard cells either side of pores control opening and closing able to change shape, so that pore
(stomata), usually on the of the pores at different between them can open and close
underside of leaves times of day or in different
conditions
Meristem cells are unspecialised and found
in the tips of shoots and roots (also in buds,
though these are not included in the diagram for
simplification). Meristem cells divide to produce
more unspecialised cells that then differentiate into
all the types of specialised cell in the plant.

5
Answers
SB2c.3 Growth in plants SB2c.5 Environment and tree growth
Strengthen Homework 2
1 a cell division, cell elongation 1 It is a part of the plant where cell division/
b meristem mitosis is taking place rapidly to produce many
new cells.
c cell differentiation
2 cell differentiation
2 a root hair cell
b It has a long extension into the soil. 3 Xylem cells have lost their cytoplasm and the
cell walls between them, which allows water to
c The long extension increases the surface
move easily through the vessel. Holes in the
area for absorption of water and mineral
cell walls allow water and dissolved mineral
salts from the soil.
salts to be exchanged between the vessel and
d If the plant did not have these cells, it surrounding cells. The cell wall is thickened
would not be able to absorb water and and strengthened to withstand the pressure of
mineral salts so quickly, which would affect water in the vessel and prevent the vessel from
growth. collapsing.
345 − 54
3 percentage gain =  ________
  
= 431%
  4 The size of cells formed is different at different
65
times of the year, being smaller in winter than
SB2c.4 Plant growth – Homework 1 in summer and smaller in some summers than
others. Therefore, temperature probably has
1 Cell division is followed by cell elongation and the greatest effect on growth of trunks in these
then cell differentiation. trees.
2 mitosis A better answer will consider the effect of other
environmental factors that might affect growth
3 As the number and size of cells in a plant
rate, such as the amount of leaf on the tree
increases, so its mass will also increase.
at different times of year (which could change
4 a 1 thickened cell wall; 2 small hole in cell between summers due to disease, fire, or
wall; 3 empty space where xylem cells waterlogging of the soil in a wet summer).
have died; 4 ends of cell walls that once
5 You would need to calculate the increase in the
separated xylem cells
circumference of the trunk as the ring formed.
b It carries water and dissolved mineral salts
A better answer will take into account the width
through the plant.
of the ring as well as the circumference of the
c The loss of cytoplasm and cell walls trunk to calculate the volume of new wood
between xylem cells allows water to move added in a year.
easily through the vessel. Holes in the cell
wall allow water and dissolved mineral 6 percentage gain
salts to move into and out of the vessel final mass − initial mass
= ____________________
 
         × 100%
easily. The strong cell wall supports the initial mass
vessel so that it does not collapse as
percentage gain in root dry mass for normal
water moves in and out of it.
carbon dioxide concentration =
5 Any suitable example of a specialised plant 0.298 − 0.005
____________
cell, giving its function and how it is adapted to   
    × 100% = 5860%
0.005
carry out that function well, such as:
percentage gain in root dry mass for high
• Root hair cell has a long extension that
carbon dioxide concentration =
increases surface area for absorbing
water and dissolved mineral salts. 0.428 − 0.009
 ____________
     × 100% = 4650%
 
0.009
• Palisade cells in the leaf have many
7 percentage gain in stem dry mass for high
chloroplasts that contain chlorophyll
for capturing energy from light for carbon dioxide concentration =
photosynthesis, which takes place in these 0.069 − 0.002
 ____________
     × 100 = 3350%
 
cells. 0.002
• Guard cells are able to change shape and percentage gain in leaf dry mass for high
to open and close the pore/stoma between carbon dioxide concentration =
them, and contain many mitochondria to
0.656 − 0.015
provide energy for this.  ____________
     × 100% = 4273%
 
0.015

6
Answers
The roots were most affected by increased S1 a
carbon dioxide concentration during this period
Type of stem Where found Produces
because they had the highest percentage gain
cell many/few
in mass.
types of
specialised
cell
SB2d Stem cells
embryonic embryo many
Student Book stem cell
7th 1 a two from: shoot tip, root tip, tree adult stem cell inside tissue few
trunk just below bark containing
specialised
7th b divide to produce many identical cells cells
that then differentiate, for growth plant meristems, e.g. many
7th 2 Unspecialised cells have no specialised (meristem) near shoot and
features to help them carry out particular stem cell root tips
functions. b any one benefit such as: replaces
damaged or diseased cells to make a
7th 3 to produce all the different kinds of blood person better, may help in producing new
cell drugs or treatments for disease; plus any
8th 4 They are only able to produce a small one risk such as: may cause cancer, may
range of specialised cells/they have be rejected by the immune system
lost the ability to produce other kinds of E1 a Research can now look for the role of
specialised cell. 'buddy' cells in developing human blood
stem cells. When this is understood, it
5 Answer needs to include the following
9th
may be possible to develop human blood
points:
stem cells so that they can be injected into
•
Similarities between adult and patients with blood diseases, so that the
embryonic stem cells: both divide stem cells make healthy cells to replace
to produce new cells that then the diseased cells.
differentiate into specialised cells.
b Risks include stem cells not producing the
•
Differences: adult stem cells right kind of differentiated cell in the right
are found in tissue containing place in the body, and continuing to divide
specialised cells/embryonic stem uncontrollably when they are in the body
cells are found in embryos; adult and so causing cancers.
stem cells produce cells that
differentiate into a limited range of Exam-style question
specialised cell types/embryonic
Description must cover the following points:
stem cells produce cells that
differentiate into a wide range of • Meristems contain stem cells/
specialised cell types. unspecialised cells. (1)
8th 6 Heart stem cells could be injected into

• These cells divide and then differentiate
to produce all the specialised cells in plant
the person’s heart, where they would tissues. (1)
differentiate into new heart muscle cells
to replace the ones that were damaged
in the heart attack.
8th 7 They may continue to divide uncontrollably

and cause cancer. If taken from an embryo
or from a person other than an identical
twin, they may be rejected and killed by
the patient’s immune system.

7
Answers
Activity and Assessment Pack 6 Rejection is when the immune system attacks
and kills anything in the body that it does not
SB2d.2 Stem cells – Strengthen recognise as being from that body. If stem
cells are rejected, then they will not make
1 a
the specialised cells that the body needs to
Type of stem Where found Produces replace damaged ones.
cell many/few
7 any suitable argument for or against stem
types of
cells that is supported by a comparison of the
specialised
benefits and risks of their use
cell
embryonic in an animal many
SB2d.4 Stem cells – Homework 1
stem cell embryo at
a very early 1 an unspecialised cell that produces different
stage types of specialised cell
adult stem cell in differentiated few 2 meristems, such as in the tips of plant shoots
tissue and roots
plant stem cell in a meristem, many 3 Most animal tissues contain a few stem cells.
such as at the
tip of a shoot 4 a for growth and production of new
or root specialised cells
b cancer is risk; replace is benefit; testing b for repair of damaged cells.
drugs is benefit; how cells become 5 Embryonic stem cells can produce a wide
damaged is benefit; rejection is risk range of specialised cells. Adult stem cells
2 any suitable answer where diseased or (from specialised tissue in organs) can
damaged cells can be replaced, such as produce a much smaller range of specialised
leukaemia, heart disease, paralysis cells.
3 any suitable argument that includes one 6 completed sentences like the following:
benefit and one risk from the list in question 1b a Healthy blood stem cells are taken from
to support it the bone marrow of a healthy person.
b The healthy blood stem cells are inserted
SB2d.3 Stem cells – Extend into the bone marrow of the patient with
leukaemia.
1 adult stem cells, because they are found in
specialised tissue in organs c The healthy blood stem cells produce new
cells that differentiate into healthy blood
2 They divide to produce cells that differentiate cells.
into specialised cells, for growth and repair.
7 a If stem cells continue to divide
3 a Embryonic stem cells are found in early- uncontrollably, they will cause cancer.
stage embryos (up to about eight-cell b The patient’s immune system may identify
stage); adult stem cells are found in the stem cells as ‘not self’ and may attack
differentiated tissue inside organs. and destroy them.
b Adult stem cells can only produce a limited
range of types of specialised cell, but SB2d.5 Stem cell issues
embryonic stem cells can produce almost
any kind of specialised cell. Homework 2
4 Bone marrow contains blood stem cells. If 1 Embryonic stem cells and reprogrammed
healthy blood stem cells are put into the body cells/iPSCs are able to produce a wide range
of someone with leukaemia, they should start of specialised cells. Adult stem cells from
to produce healthy blood cells to replace the specialised tissue are only able to produce a
faulty ones. small range of specialised cells.
5 Embryonic stem cells can produce many 2 Embryonic cells are easy to source, but their
types of specialised cell, but blood stem cells use is controlled because there are ethical
only produce blood cells. If blood stem cells issues (many people think embryos should
were reprogrammed to behave like embryonic not be used like this). Only a few scientists
stem cells, they could be used to treat many are allowed to use embryonic stem cells in
diseases or conditions caused by diseased or research.
damaged cells.

8
Answers
Adult stem cells are much more difficult to
extract from tissue, and it is more difficult to 8th 3 the metal rod damaged the front of the
develop a new cell line from them. However, cerebral cortex; his personality changed
there is no ethical argument against using after damage by the rod
them.
8th 4 back of the cerebral cortex (because
It is easy to source specialised cells, but then this is the area for vision); in the left
they have to be treated to turn them into iPSCs hemisphere (because her right eye is
that produce particular kinds of specialised the active one and this communicates
cell, which is much more difficult. with the left hemisphere)
3 any current medical treatment using stem cells;
8th 5 the cerebellum is involved in fine motor
for example bone marrow transplant, in which
control; hours of practice develops
bone stem cells are given to patients with
finer and finer motor control in a
diseased blood cells so that they can make
musician; resulting in increased size
healthy blood cells again
due to increases in neurones/neurone
4 any two potential treatments in which stem pathways/links between neurones
cells could be used to replace damaged or
diseased cells with healthy specialised cells, 7th 6 alcohol interferes with the correct
such as replacing nerve cells that have been functioning of the cerebellum
damaged and have caused paralysis, replacing
8th 7 information carried by neurones; down
damaged heart cells after a heart attack, or
through the medulla oblongata; where it
replacing dead insulin-producing pancreas
crosses from the right side of the brain
cells in someone with type I diabetes
to the left side of the body; into nerves in
5 If cells are taken from the patient’s own body the spinal cord (and on to nerves leading
to make stem cells, then the patient’s immune to the hand)
system will recognise the stem cells as ‘self’
when they are placed in the body and so is 8th 8 It controls processes that don’t need
unlikely to attack and reject them. conscious thought (e.g. breathing rate,
heart rate).
6 Stem cells continue to divide in the body, and if
this is not controlled they can cause cancer. S1
7 Because all cells contain an organism’s Part Structure Function

complete genome/all its DNA. cerebral • two hemispheres • used for most
cortex
8 Any well-argued answer that compares the • made mainly of of our senses,
language,
advantages and disadvantages of the different neurones
approaches to using stem cells in medicine is memory,
acceptable. Answers should draw a conclusion behaviour and
based on which approach is most likely to consciousness
work. For example, iPSCs should be the cerebellum • in two halves • controls
priority of the research, because although
they are difficult to programme and to develop
• made mainly of balance,
posture and
neurones
a new cell line from, in the long run they will fine muscle
cause fewer problems when used in patients. movements
medulla • central link • controls
oblongata between brain breathing rate
SB2e The brain and spinal cord and heart rate
Student Book • made mainly of
neurones
1
6th cerebral cortex is at the top of the brain;
cerebellum is at the base of the brain
spinal cord • made of nerves • connects the
brain to the
and at the back; medulla oblongata is rest of the
under the cerebral cortex and in the body
centre (above the spinal cord)
Some students may have included information
8th
2 embryonic stem cells divide (by mitosis); about the hippocampi but this is not expected.
stem cells then differentiate into
neurones

9
Answers
E1 A good answer will consider the following 2 a Refer to student book for the positions of
points: the parts of the brain.
• cerebral cortex/cerebral hemispheres – for b The front of the brain is on the left and the
vision (so he can see where he is going), back is on the right in this diagram.
for hearing (for listening for danger), for
memory (of the route), for thinking (e.g. to SB2e.3: Brains – Homework 1
motivate himself)
1 brain, organ, think, neurones, skull
• cerebellum – for maintaining his balance
and coordinating his muscles 2 a Matches are:
• medulla oblongata – speeding up and Scientist Hypothesis Evidence
slowing down his breathing and heart
rates as necessary van Leuwenhoek The brain is Using a
made of thin microscope,
• spinal cord – for transferring information cells. I can see tiny,
from his body to and from his brain. thin strings in
the brain
Exam-style question
Galen The brain I have
cerebellum (1); because this is the part of the brain controls the cut open
that controls balance and smooth/fine muscle body using brains and
movements (1) liquids. found four
chambers,
Activity and Assessment Pack each filled
with fluid
SB2e.1: Parts of the brain
Artistotle The brain The brain is
1 & 2 Refer to Student Book for shape of brain. cools the body. cold to the
3 Matched cards are: touch
Galvani The brain I can use
• cerebral cortex - contains two cerebral
controls the nerves to
hemispheres - used for consciousness,
and language - used for most senses, body using complete
including vision - used for memory and electricity. electrical
behaviour circuits –
they conduct
• cerebellum - used for balance electricity!
• medulla oblongata - controls your heart b van Leuwenhoek, Galvani
rate - controls your breathing rate
3 nerves (which are bundles of neurones and
• spinal cord - made of many nerves -
blood vessels); to transfer signals between the
carries signals between the brain and the
rest of the body brain and the rest of the nervous system
4 Refer to Student Book for positions of parts of 4 a The label lines from the top of the diagram
the brain. to the bottom point to:
•
cerebral cortex – used for most of our
SB2e.2: The brain – Strengthen senses
1 •
cerebellum – controls balance
Part Structure Function

•
medulla oblongata – controls breathing
rate and heart rate
cerebral • W • R b cerebral hemispheres
cortex • made mainly
of neurones SB2e.4: Brains and problems
V • in two halves • U Homework 2
• made mainly 1 a consists of two hemispheres, surface
of neurones
contains many folds
medulla • S • Q
oblongata • made mainly b occupies most of the brain, half on the
right and half on the left, positioned above
of neurones
the spinal cord
P • T • connects the c Students should use the points that they
brain to the rest
of the body have listed in parts a and b and add the

10
Answers
functions of the cerebral cortex (such as SB2f Brain and spinal cord
used for most of our senses, language,
memory, behaviour and consciousness). problems H
The paragraph should be structured Student Book
logically (e.g. starting with the position,
then describing the structure and then 8th 1 the cerebral cortex/a cerebral
the function, and making sure that the hemisphere, since this is the part of the
points for each of those three aspects are brain that deals with senses. (Some
grouped together). Also look out for good students may have referred to diagram
use of conjunctions and linking phrases. C on SB2e The brain in the Student
For example: Book and described the location of
the taste area. This could be given
The cerebral cortex occupies most of the additional credit but is beyond the scope
volume of the brain and is positioned on of the specification.)
top of the spinal cord. It consists of two
halves, called the cerebral hemispheres, 7th 2 any two from: cheaper; quicker/easier;
and its surface is very folded. It controls can be performed on healthy people;
the majority of what we think and do, doesn’t have a risk of causing brain
such as our senses, language, memory, injury
behaviour and consciousness.
9th 3 a X-rays absorbed differently by
2 A nerve consists of bundles of neurones different parts of the brain; this
(nerve cells), together with blood vessels. The allows the different tissue to be
neurones transfer signals/impulses between identified
the brain and the rest of the nervous system.
8th b right eye; because the CT scan
3 a cerebellum – because this is the part of shows a tumour in the left cerebral
the brain that controls balance hemisphere
b cerebral cortex – because this is the part
of the brain that controls speech 8th 4 CT scanner; because it shows the
surgeons the shape of structures
c spinal cord – because this is the part that
(including surgical instruments) where
transfers signals/impulses between the
the problem is/where to guide their
brain and the main part of the body
instruments
d cerebral cortex (or a better answer is right
cerebral hemisphere) – because this is the 9th 5 information from the eyes is processed
part of the brain that controls vision (and at the back of the brain (vision area);
the right hemisphere receives information these areas are the most active when
from the left eye and vice versa) looking at something
e medulla oblongata – because this is the
8th 6 breathing is controlled by the medulla
part of the brain that controls heart rate
oblongata; damage in the spinal cord
f cerebral cortex – because this is the part in the neck prevents impulses from the
of the brain that controls memory medulla oblongata reaching the lungs
4 cerebellum – because this is the part that
9th 7 stem cells would be injected into the
controls fine movements/coordination
damaged part of the spinal cord; they
5 A – cerebral cortex (or better answer is left would be able to differentiate into new
cerebral hemisphere) neurones, and so repair the damage
B – cerebellum
10th 8 a brain tumour cells are dividing
C – spinal cord rapidly and so are very active;
D – medulla oblongata chemotherapy drugs kill very active
cells
6 E – pituitary gland (which releases hormones
that help with metabolism/homeostasis, such 8th b chemotherapy drugs kill other
as TSH). active cells (e.g. cells that produce
hair); chemotherapy drugs may be
F – hypothalamus (which releases hormones
prevented from reaching the brain
that help with metabolism/homeostasis, such
by the blood–brain barrier
as TRH).
S1 there are no adult stem cells in the spinal
cord; so neurones cannot be produce to repair

11
Answers
the damage; in spinal cord injury treatments, 3 a It is in the cerebral cortex.
electrical wires used to stimulate nerves and b 4 More active cells take in more glucose.
muscles do not allow full movement or feeling
5 So, more gamma rays come from the
E1 CT scanning allows shapes to be seen; PET strip of tissue in the cerebral cortex.
scanning allows areas of greatest activity to
1 The man is injected with radioactive
be seen; the combination will allow scientists
glucose.
to work out the particular parts that are most
active during a certain activity 2 The radioactive atoms on the glucose
cause gamma rays to be produced.
Exam-style question 3 When the man wiggles his toes, the
The removal of the tumour also removed part of cells that control this become more
the brain or the tumour destroyed part of the brain active.
(at the back of the head). (1) This is the part of the 6 The greater concentration of gamma
brain that processes information from the eyes. (1) rays causes brighter areas on the
screen.
Activity and Assessment Pack c An area of damage is looked for during a
CT scan of the woman’s brain/head.
SB2f.2: Brain tumours
1 16 cm SB2f.4: Nervous system problems
2 a B, C, D, E and F Homework 1
b mass of rapidly dividing (cancer) cells 1 a cerebral cortex
c it is very dense compared to the other b using scanners
parts of the brain c two from:
d 1 cm
e 4.2 cm3
•
can be done on living people
•
can be done on many more people
3 a high energy X-rays •
do not need people with an obvious
b It doesn’t affect cells all around the body problem
(or a description of some side-effects of
chemotherapy such as hair falling out).
•
does not involve waiting for people to
die/takes much less time
4 a Scanners can be used to work out the 2 a quadriplegia
shape, size and location of tumours. b the spinal cord contains bundles of
b Some cancer cells are left behind and may neurones/nerves; which transmit impulses/
grow into another tumour. signals between the brain and the main
c Removing healthy brain tissue could part of the body; if the neurones/nerves
cause the patient to lose body functions. are severed/broken then this stops the
flow of information
5 Suggestions could include headaches and
c the spinal cord does not have (adult) stem
problems with vision (in the left eye, since the
cells
tumour is in the part of the cerebral cortex
used for vision and is in the right cerebral 3 a a large mass of (rapidly dividing) cancer
hemisphere). cells in the brain
SB2f.3: Brain and spinal cord

problems – Strengthen
1 a transfers signals between the brain and
the rest of the nervous system
b nerves
c adult stem cells
2 CT PET
Shows structures in the brain ✓ ✓
Shows activity in parts of the brain ✓
Uses radioactivity ✓

12
Answers
b
chemotherapy radiotherapy brain surgery
uses X-rays ✓
uses drugs ✓
kills cells directly ✓ ✓
involves opening ✓
up the skull
c it stops the chemotherapy drugs getting
into the brain SB2g The nervous system
d the remaining cancer cells could grow into
another tumour Student Book
e to try to kill any cancer cells that have 6th 1 brain, spinal cord
been left behind
4th 2 eye
SB2f.5: The brain and brain tumours 7th 3 Impulses from receptor cells (sensitive
Homework 2 to pressure) in the skin are transmitted
1 a speech area to the brain, where they are processed.
b cerebral cortex (left cerebral hemisphere) 8th 4 Receptor cells in the ear detect the
c A watching something; B listening to sound; impulses from the receptor
something; C tasting; D speaking cells are transmitted to the brain; the
d PET scanner (CT scanner does not detect impulses are processed and you hear
activity) the track; the brain sends impulses
to muscles in the arm and hand; the
e two from: muscles move the arm and hand to turn
• can be done on living people up the volume.
• can be done on many more people
6th 5 a receptor cell (or specifically named
• do not need people with an obvious receptor cell, e.g. cone in the eye
problem retina, although this is not expected)
• does not involve waiting for people to 7th dendrite → dendron → axon →
b
die/takes much less time
axon terminal
2 (adult) stem cells
8th 6 many dendrites to receive impulses from
3 a to find the precise location (so the surgeon many receptor cells; long dendron and
knows where to cut) and/or to find its size/ axon to carry impulses long distances;
volume (so the surgeon knows how much myelin sheath to speed up impulse
to remove) transmission; many axon terminals to
b the remaining cancer cells could grow into allow impulses to be transmitted to other
another tumour neurones
c removing too much tissue may reduce 6th 7 the body doing something or a change
some of the functions of the brain
in the body in reaction to a change in its
4 it stops the chemotherapy drugs getting into internal or external environment
the brain
S1 Better flow charts will contain most of these
5 a The beam of radiation has to pass through points:
too much healthy tissue and will destroy
that too.
•
object touches the heel
b It uses gamma rays instead of X-rays.

•
impulses generated in receptor cell
•
impulses transmitted through sensory
c In a ‘gamma knife’ procedure, many low neurone
power beams of radiation are directed at
the precise spot where the tumour is. This
•
impulse transmitted through neurones in
the spinal cord
means that a large amount of radiation
reaches the tumour cells but the low •
impulses reach the brain
power beams do not affect the brain tissue •
brain processes the impulse information
that they pass through. •
you feel the object touching your heel.

13
Answers
E1 Better paragraphs will contain most of these c to speed up the transmission of impulses
points: AND to electrically insulate each sensory
• receptor cells in eye detect light from ice neurone from the neighbouring ones
cube d one of: many dendrites to receive
• impulses sent (down (optic) nerve) to brain impulses from many receptor cells; long
dendron and axon to carry impulses long
• brain processes and you see ice cube
distances; many axon terminals to allow
• brain sends range of impulses to muscle
impulses to be transmitted into other
cells in arm and hand
neurones
• you touch ice cube
• receptor cells in skin detect pressure and SB2g.4 Senses – Homework 1
cold
1 ‘spinal cord’ and ‘brain’ correctly labelled
• impulses sent to brain via spinal cord
• brain processes and you feel ice cube 2 a receptor cells
• brain sends range of impulses to muscle b impulses
cells in arm and hand c neurone
• finger muscles grip ice cube, and arm d processes
muscles lift it up.
3 a axon, axon terminal, dendrite, dendron
Exam-style question and receptor cell correctly labelled (as
for diagram D on page 29 of the Student
The description should include three of the points Book)
below, with one mark for each of the three points
b arrows from left to right
made:
c myelin
• Receptor cells in the skin pick up the
d sensory neurone
stimulus. (1)
• Electrical impulse(s) carries information. (1) e two from: many dendrites to receive
impulses from many receptor cells; long
• Impulse(s) transmitted along a sensory
dendron and axon to carry impulses long
neurone. (1)
distances; many axon terminals to allow
• Impulse(s) travels to CNS/spinal cord (and impulses to be transmitted into other
brain). (1) neurones; myelin to speed up impulse
• Impulse(s) is processed by the brain. (1) transmission; myelin to electrically insulate
the cell from neighbouring cells
Activity and Assessment Pack 4 Receptor cells in the skin detect the cold;
SB2g.2 The nervous system impulses are transmitted from the receptor
cells to a sensory neurone; impulses are
Strengthen transmitted (via the spinal cord) to the brain;
1 order (top to bottom): 3, 6, 2, 5, 1, 7, 4 the brain processes the impulses to create the
feeling of cold.
2 nerves, spinal cord, brain
3 a a sensory neurone SB2g.5 Skin senses – Homework 2
b dendron (on left), axon (on right) 1 a nerves, spinal cord, brain
c to speed up the transmission of impulses b the nervous system
OR to electrically insulate each sensory
neurone from the neighbouring ones 2 a a change in the surroundings
b a sense organ
SB2g.3 The nervous system c one of: face, back of neck, chest, upper
Extend arm, fingers, soles or between legs,
because these places are very sensitive/
1 H, F, B, C or D, J, I, G, A, C or D, E ticklish
2 a They are made up of more than one d Krause corpuscle (detects cold), Meissner
tissue. corpuscle (detects pressure)
b spinal cord, brain e (electrical) impulses
3 a a sensory neurone
b W – dendrites, X – dendron, Y – axon,
Z – axon terminals

14
Answers
3 Light pressure – Meissner corpuscle; strong pass through it); colourless (so that
pressure – Pacinian corpuscle. The Pacinian the colours of the light rays passing
corpuscles are deeper and so need more through it are not changed)
pressure to activate them.
9th 7 yellow light will trigger ‘red-sensing
4 The hairs do the same job of detecting light cones’ and ‘green-sensing cones’; if
pressure and stimulate the hair follicle endings. there are no ‘green-sensing cones’/
5 a to carry impulses long distances the ‘green-sensing cones’ do not work
correctly then the colour will appear red
b to communicate with many other cells/
neurones (many dendrites to receive S1
impulses from many receptor cells; many
axon terminals to allow impulses to be Eye problem Explanation of Description of
transmitted into other neurones) cause correction
c to speed up impulse transmission OR colour • colours cannot • cannot be
to electrically insulate the cell from blindness be seen corrected
neighbouring cells correctly due
to certain
6 a one of: inside mouth, respiratory tract, gut cones not
b hair follicle endings working
properly
SB2h The eye

short- • image is • diverging
sightedness focused in lenses
front of the
Student Book retina, so the
• laser
treatment to
6th 1 iris image on the reshape the
retina is not in cornea
8th 2 yellow (by reference to the colour chart focus
as part of diagram A) • caused by an
eyeball that is
6th 3 a the pupil constricts (accept ‘gets too long
smaller/narrower’ but award extra
credit for the use of the more • or a cornea
scientific term) that is too
curved and
6th b muscles in the iris bends the light
rays more
7th c to stop too much light entering the than it should
eye; which could damage the retina
long- • image is • converging
7 th
4 light rays from nearby objects need to sightedness focused lenses
behind the
be bent more (to focus an image on the
retina, so the
• laser
retina); a fatter lens bends the light rays treatment to
more image on the reshape the
retina is not in cornea
7th 5 a distant objects appear blurry/out of focus
focus
• caused by an
9 th
b diverging lenses are used; to eyeball that is
spread out the light rays a little too short
before reaching the eye; so that the • or a cornea
light rays are focused on the retina that is not
and not in front of it curved
enough and
8th 6 a left; the pupil appears cloudy; does not bend
caused by a build-up of protein in the light rays
the lens; which will stop some light as much as it
rays/interfere with the passage of should
light rays into the eye cataracts • cloudy lens • lens is
8 th
b any two from: flexible (so it can the caused by the replaced by
squashed and stretched); clear/ build- up of a an artificial
transparent (so that light rays easily protein one

15
Answers
E1 Diagrams should explain how the lens normally
gets fatter to focus near objects onto the
retina, and show that if the lens remains too
thin then the image will be focused behind
the retina because the light rays are not bent
enough. Problem should be identified as long-
sightedness. Correction should also be shown
using a converging lens to bend the light rays
before they enter the eye.
Exam-style question
cornea bends the light rays (1); lens bends the light
rays some more (1); lens is thin so that the light
rays are not bent so much (that the image forms in
front of the retina) (1)
SB2h.2: Eye problems

Problem Effect Cause Correction
short-sightedness distant the eyeball is too long diverging lens
objects are may be due to the lens not
blurry being able to get thin enough
(so light rays are focused in laser surgery can
front of the retina) reshape the cornea
long-sightedness close objects the eyeball is too short converging lens
are blurry may be due to the cornea not
being curved enough
(so light rays are focused laser surgery can
behind the retina) reshape the cornea
colour blindness some colours some cones do not work well cannot be
cannot be (so some wavelengths of light corrected
seen not detected)
cataracts everything protein builds up in the lens the lens is replaced
appears (so light rays are absorbed with a plastic one
misty and scattered)
SB2h.3: The eye – Strengthen

1 a 2 a using laser surgery (to reshape the
cornea)
Part of eye Function Adaptations
b fuzzy/blurry
cornea focuses light is clear, colourless
onto the retina and curved short
lens fine tunes the is clear, colourless converging lens
focusing of and curved and c cones
light onto the can change shape d cataracts
retina
3 a ciliary muscles
retina detects light contains rod cells,
waves and cone cells and b rods
produces sensory neurones 4 a iris muscles
impulses b It stops too much light entering the eye
iris controls pupil contains muscles and damaging it.
size
5 4, 1, 2, 3

16
Answers
SB2h.4: Eyes – Homework 1
1 a
Distant objects Close objects Fewer colours Can be corrected
blurry or misty blurry or misty are seen with surgery
short-sightedness ✓ ✓
long-sightedness ✓ ✓
colour blindness ✓
cataracts ✓ ✓ ✓
b Cataracts are corrected by replacing the 5 a short-sightedness
lens with a plastic one. Short- and long- b Jo can see distant things clearly but not
sightedness is corrected by reshaping the close ones. Her supervisor can see close
cornea with a laser. things clearly but not distant things.
2 a from top left: cornea, retina, rod, cone, 6 a laser surgery reshapes the cornea; in the
lens, ciliary, iris, dilate, pupil case of Jo’s supervisor it stops the cornea
b diverging lens, spreads out the light rays bending the rays of light so much
a little before they reach the eye so that b protein builds up in the lens making it go
the point of focus is pushed back onto the cloudy
retina
c the lens is replaced with a plastic one
3 a accept answers from 440 – 450 nm
7 a accept answers from 440 – 450 nm
b red
b red
c the red cone is the only one that detects
c the red cone is the only one that detects
these wavelengths
these wavelengths
SB2h.5: Corrective treatments for 8 This type of colour blindness is caused by a

faulty allele on an X sex chromosome. There
eye defects – Homework 2 are two copies of most genes and so the
1 A – cornea, B, ciliary muscles, C – lens, D - effects of many faulty alleles are often masked.
retina However, in boys the location of the gene on
the matching Y chromosome is missing and so
2 long-sightedness
there is only one copy of this gene. In girls, the
3 So they can change shape to focus on objects other X chromosome is more likely to have a
at different distances. normal allele.
4 a
SB2i Neurotransmission speeds
Student Book
4th 1 a eyes
4th b leg muscles
5th c sweat glands/adrenal glands/

muscles around ‘vocal cords’ (other
answers possible)
6th 2 a away from

b Diagram similar to the one above but now 6th b
towards
showing:
• a converging lens in front of the 7th 3 They ensure impulses only travel in one
direction; they allow generation of fresh
cornea
impulses in many neurones (avoiding
• light rays being refracted in the lens
dissipation).
(resulting in less distance between the
parallel rays inside the eye) 8th 4 to stop objects injuring/getting into our
• the rays coming together at a point on eyes
the retina

17
Answers
5 a feeling the squeeze is the stimulus, the
10th 5 A suitable table may include some or all response is giving the next person a
of these rows: squeeze
Reflex Processed b motor neurones
actions actions c because impulses do not travel at a
speed faster slower constant speed (e.g. they are slowed
down at synapses)
automatic? yes no
d using a reflex arc
use the brain? no yes
use sensory and yes yes
motor neurones? SB2i.2 Impulse speeds
1 a S
8th 6 so the impulse is not slowed too much
b Should draw scatter diagram/graph, with a
by synapses
line of best fit. Mean diameter of the axon
8th 7 A good answer will include the following should be on the x-axis (the independent
points: variable), and the speed should be on the
•
light reflected by football detected y-axis.
by receptor cells in the eyes c the wider the axon, the faster the impulse
•
impulses sent via sensory neurones speed
to central nervous system d At each point where impulses need to
•
brain processes signals and sees cross from neurone to neurone, there is a
the football synapse (in which the signal is transmitted
•
impulses sent from brain (via CNS) chemically by diffusion), which slows down
the speed of transmission.
to motor neurones in legs
•
muscle cells are effectors and allow 2 a&b
B = 10 m/s, E = 35 m/s, A = 80 m/s,
the ball to be kicked. D = 100 m/s, C = 120 m/s (in order
S1 flow chart along the lines of: impulse in relay slowest to fastest). The fastest neurones
neurone → axon terminal → synapse → are those that have the widest axons and
neurotransmitter released into gap → detected have myelin sheaths.
by motor neurone dendrite → new impulse
generated SB2i.3 Neurotransmission speeds
E1 Reflex actions use reflex arcs; impulses have Strengthen
to travel a shorter distance in a reflex arc
1 2, 1, 4, 3, 5 (top to bottom)
(than if brain-processing is needed); there are
fewer synapses in a reflex arc (than if brain- 2 muscles (in her fingers)
processing is needed).
3 a A – relay neurone, B – motor neurone
Exam-style question b On cell A, W – dendrites, X – axon
terminals; on cell B, Y – cell body, Z –
Three of these points are needed, in the correct
axon. (Note that the labels given for one
order:
cell are those that are missing for the
• impulse triggers the release of other.)
neurotransmitter (1)
c relay neurone, A – it has no myelin on its
• neurotransmitter is released into synapse (1) axon
• next neurone detects the neurotransmitter
4 to transmit impulses very quickly; when a very
(1)
quick response is needed
• new impulse is generated in the next
neurone. (1)
SB2i.4 Neurotransmission
Homework 1
1 a seeing the ball
SB2i.1 Measuring impulse speeds b catching the ball
1 a right elbow, to upper right arm, to spinal c the brain
cord, to brain, to spinal cord, to left arm, to
left fingers

18
Answers
2 a P – motor neurone, Q – sensory neurone d slow down neurotransmission
b one of: e one of:
•
long, to carry impulses long distances • They ensure impulses only travel in
•
myelin sheath, to speed up impulses one direction.
•
many dendrites, to receive impulses • They allow generation of fresh
from many other neurones impulses in many neurones (avoiding
dissipation).
•
many axon terminals, to pass
impulses to many other neurones 2 muscle spindle
c Q 3 a muscle relaxes
d P b stops tendon being damaged
e P (students are not expected to know c The anaesthetic stops the Golgi tendon
about adrenal glands, but simply to organ from working, and so these organs
recognise the term ‘gland’) do not produce impulses, with the effect
f P is lower cell, Q is upper cell that muscle contraction is unregulated and
g relay neurone more weight can be lifted.
h one of: 4 a P – sensory neurone, Q – relay neurone,
•
to carry impulses to effectors as R – sensory neurone, S – motor neurone,
T – relay neurone, U – motor neurone
quickly as possible
b P – stimulatory, Q – inhibitory,
• to prevent harm/damage to the body
R – stimulatory, S – stimulatory (cause
i one of:
muscles to contract), T – inhibitory,
• creates a short route for impulses to U – stimulatory
travel
5 A good answer will contain the following points:
• has few synapses to slow impulses
down • muscle spindle stretched
• leaves out slow processing by the • causing impulse in sensory neurone R

brain • impulse generated in relay neurone Q (at
synapse with sensory neurone R)
3 a Impulses themselves do not pass through
a synapse. Instead, the ‘signal’ is carried • this impulse in relay neurone Q releases
glycine at its synapse with motor neurone
by neurotransmitter substances.
U
b so that one impulse can generate many
impulses with equal ‘strength’ • this inhibits motor neurone U from
generating an impulse, which ensures that
the hamstrings are relaxed.
SB2i.5 The knee jerk – Homework 2
• also, an impulse is generated in motor
1 a a reflex arc where there are only two neurone S (at synapse with sensory
neurones and so only one synapse neurone R)
b one of: • this impulse in motor neurone S causes
quadriceps to contract
•
to carry impulses to effectors as
quickly as possible • so the lower leg swings forward.
•
to prevent harm/damage to the body 6 uncontrolled muscle contractions, because the
c A good answer will contain the following inhibitory synapses (which cause muscles to
points: relax) will not work
•
impulse arrives at an axon terminal
•
causes the release of a
neurotransmitter substance
•
neurotransmitter diffuses across the
gap
•
in the synapse
•
neurotransmitter is detected by next
neurone
•
which triggers the generation of a new
impulse
•
in the dendrite.

19
Answers
SB3a Sexual and asexual 8th b
any suitable answer that uses an
reproduction advantage of sexual reproduction
compared with asexual
Student Book reproduction, such as: offspring
will show variation, so some are
6th 1 sexually, because it involves fertilisation
more likely to survive in a changing
of a female sex cell (gamete) by a male
environment
sex cell (gamete)
S1
6th
2 A clone is genetically identical to its one
parent (mother). Form of Advantages Disadvantages
reproduction
7th 3 The offspring are female because they
are genetically identical to their only sexual variation in variation in
(female) parent as a result of mitosis. offspring: more offspring: fewer
offspring likely offspring survive
8th 4 a Offspring from asexual reproduction to survive if if environment
are genetically identical to their environment does not change
parent. If the parent plant is growing changes
well, the offspring from asexual takes time to
reproduction are also likely to grow find a mate,
well as they will be in the same so slower
conditions as the parent plant. reproduction
Offspring from sexual reproduction rate
will vary, so some may not be so
asexual identical identical
well suited to conditions that are
offspring: more offspring: fewer
near the parent plant.
offspring likely offspring survive
8th b
Seeds from sexual reproduction to survive if if environment
are spread by animals and so are environment changes
likely to be in different conditions does not
from their parent plant. Variation change
in the offspring means there is a faster than
greater chance that some offspring sexual
will be well adapted to the different reproduction
conditions and so grow well. as no mate
7th 5 The trees can start to grow from needed
underground roots as soon as the area E1 In summer, when there is a lot of food and
cools down, as there is plenty of space the adult females are feeding well, they
and no competition for resources with produce more rapidly by asexual reproduction,
other plants. producing offspring that will grow in the same
8th 6 If one tree is easily killed by the disease, conditions as they are and so lack of variation
then it is more likely they will all be between offspring is not a problem. At the end
easily killed. Trees grown from seed of the summer they reproduce sexually, which
would be more varied genetically due to will produce offspring that show variation.
sexual reproduction, which means some This will be an advantage in the following year
may be better able to resist the disease when conditions may be different. Some of
and so survive. the offspring are more likely to survive in the
different conditions.
7th 7 a any suitable answer that uses an
advantage of asexual reproduction, Exam-style question
such as: female can reproduce
when no male shark is present;
• any one suitable advantage, such as: rapid
reproductive cycle; no need to find a mate (1)
female can reproduce more quickly
than through sexual reproduction • any one suitable disadvantage, such as: no
variation in offspring when environment is
changing (1)

1
Answers
Activity and Assessment Pack 4 asexual reproduction, as all plants are
genetically identical
SB3a.2 Sexual and asexual 5 The seed is carried away to new places, which
reproduction – Strengthen increases the chance that some may drop onto
1 asexual: strawberry plants from runners, wet ground.
isolated shark female, aphids in summer
sexual: shark female mated with male, SB3a.4 Examples of asexual
strawberry plants from seed, fertilisation of reproduction – Homework 2
aphid eggs 1 any suitable example, such as: overwintering
2 asexual: faster reproductive cycle, no need for organs of potato plants, where each potato
mate, no genetic variation in offspring can grow into a new plant in the following
year; runners in strawberry plants, which grow
sexual: slower reproductive cycle, need for
out from the parent plant and produce new
mate, genetic variation in offspring
plants where the runner touches the ground;
3 asexual – no mate, faster cycle Kalanchoë, which produces new plantlets on
sexual – mate needed, slower cycle the parent plant that drop off to grow on their
own.
4 mitosis – asexual reproduction, no variation in
offspring because mitosis produces identical 2 The genes should be genetically identical,
cells because the offspring has just the one parent.
5 a any suitable advantage and explanation, 3 This speeds up the reproductive cycle,
such as: rapid reproductive cycle in aphids because it takes time to find a mate.
during summer when plenty of food, no 4 a The new individual is produced without
need to find a mate for isolated female fertilisation.
shark, identical strawberry plants growing
b If the parent is growing well, then offspring
in same area
that are genetically identical are more
b any suitable disadvantage and likely to grow well than offspring that are
explanation, such as: genetically identical, genetically different.
so all at risk if environment changes
5 The Komodo dragons would not have been
6 a any suitable advantage and explanation, able to reproduce, as there was no mate.
such as: greater genetic variation in The sawfish population was so small that the
offspring, so better chance that some will female parent might not have been able to find
survive in changing conditions a mate.
b any suitable disadvantage and
6 Environmental conditions usually vary, so
explanation, such as: slower for aphids in
producing offspring that vary genetically
summer, not able to reproduce if female
increases the chance that some may be better
shark isolated
adapted to the new conditions and so more
7 Different forms of reproduction help the likely to survive and reproduce.
species to survive and reproduce in different
7 If environmental conditions change in the area,
circumstances.
there is a much greater risk that all the sawfish
will die out.
SB3a.3 Reproduction and the
environment – Homework 1
1 a asexual reproduction
SB3b Meiosis
b No fertilisation/mate is needed to produce Student Book
new individuals.
5th 1 sperm cell, egg cell
2 a sexual reproduction
b Fertilisation is needed to make seeds. 6th 2 mitosis
3 asexual reproduction, because new plants can

grow directly from original plant with no need
for making flowers, pollination and making
seed

2
Answers
6th 3 a 23
SB3b.1 Modelling meiosis
6th b
46
1–4 The resulting diagram will resemble diagram D
7th c
46 of CB3a Meiosis in the Student Book.
6th 4 half of it 5 to produce haploid gametes, to ensure that the

zygote is diploid (and not quadraploid)
6th 5 a section of DNA; which contains the 6 There are more chromosomes.
instructions to make a protein
8th 6 The DNA has replicated and formed two SB3b.2 Modelling protein
copies of the chromosome/DNA, which manufacture
remain attached to one another.
1 genome
7th 7 a fertilisation; b mitosis; c meiosis 2 polymer
7th 8 They have three copies of each type of 3 In a cell, the nucleus has a number of
chromosome in their body cells (rather chromosomes in it. In the chromosomes there
than just two). are genes that contain information about how
a protein is to be built and the order in which
S1 Diagram should show haploid gametes joining
the different amino acids should be added.
to form a diploid zygote. Some students may
Information in these genes is stored in DNA.
include meiosis producing the gametes.
Instructions from the chromosomes are sent
E1 They both have genes/chromosomes from to the cytoplasm. The instructions are used by
the same two parents. However, each parent ribosomes to add amino acids in the correct
has two copies of each chromosome, and the order, to produce a protein.
copies are slightly different. Since the gametes
from a parent can contain different mixtures
of the different versions of the chromosomes,
SB3b.3 Gametes and genes
different zygotes end up with a variety of Strengthen
mixtures of the chromosomes. 1 a all the DNA in each cell in an organism
b fertilisation
Exam-style question
c one of the two cells on the left of the arrow
A maximum of 3 marks will be given for the whole labelled ‘gamete’, and the cell on the right
question, 1 for each point. At least one point must of the arrow labelled ‘zygote’
be a difference and one a similarity.
d On the egg cell (bottom cell on the left
At least one difference between mitosis and of the arrow): there should be one long
meiosis must be given (maximum 2 marks), for and one short chromosome drawn in its
example: nucleus. On the zygote (cell on the right
• Mitosis produces two cells; meiosis of the arrow): there should be two long
produces four. and two short chromosomes drawn in its
• Mitosis produces diploid cells; meiosis nucleus.
produces haploid cells (accept answers 2 a gamete/sperm cell/egg cell
given in terms of chromosome number).
b 2
• Mitosis produces genetically identical
3 a genes
cells; meiosis does not.
• There is only one cell division in mitosis; b proteins/linking amino acids together
there are two in meiosis. 4 a meiosis
At least one similarity between mitosis and meiosis b 4
must be given (maximum 2 marks), for example:
c It is haploid/it contains one set of
• They are both forms of cell division. chromosomes.
• Both require one round of DNA replication d so that when two gametes fuse at fertilisation,
(and/or manufacture of sub-cellular parts). the zygote contains the correct number of
chromosomes (and is diploid, or 2n)
e mitosis

3
Answers
SB3b.4 Chromosomes and genes number would double. Meiosis produces
haploid cells that can fuse at fertilisation to give
Homework 1
the normal diploid number.
1 a 38
5 Diagram that shows:
b Body cells are all diploid (2n)/body cells
all have two copies of each chromosome/ • replication of the chromosomes in each
gamete-making cell
body cells have two sets of chromosomes.
c i 46; ii 39; iii 31; iv 38 • each of the gamete-making cells dividing
twice to form four haploid cells
2 a four chromosomes drawn; in the nucleus
b DNA
• each haploid cell containing three
chromosomes – one long, one medium,
c correct labels one small
d making proteins/joining amino acids • a mixture of daughter cells in terms of the
together exact chromosomes that they contain;
e ribosome for example, from one gamete-producing
cell, two daughter cells might contain A,
f cytoplasm B, C, and the other two contain A*, B*, C*;
3 A zygote is formed when male and female from the other gamete-producing cell, two
gametes fuse. The zygote divides by mitosis daughter cells might contain A, B*, C*, and
to form an embryo. To make sure the zygote is the other two contain A*, B, C
diploid (2n) the gametes must be haploid (1n). There should be a statement to explain that,
So, meiosis is used to make gametes. This in the example given, four different sorts of
process produces four haploid cells. haploid daughter cells have been formed.
There are two copies of each chromosome
in a gamete-making cell. The two copies are
slightly different. The different copies are SB3ci DNA
randomly sorted into the daughter cells and so
one gamete-making cell will produce gametes Student Book
that contain different mixtures of chromosomes
8th 1 46 (one strand in each chromosome)
compared with others.
7th 2 genes
SB3b.5 Meiosis and mitosis
Homework 2 8th 3 double helix
1 all the DNA in the cells of an organism 7th 4 guanine

2 a a molecule made up of a chain of 5 A T T T C G C
7th
repeating parts
TAAA G C G
b chains of amino acids
c on genes 7th 6 a weak force of attraction; between two
opposite electrical charges
d ribosomes
3 a n = haploid; a haploid cell/nucleus has a 7th 7 They contain slightly different orders of
single set of chromosomes. 2n = diploid; a bases in the DNA.
diploid cell has two sets of chromosomes. 8th 8 So that DNA can be extracted. DNA
The left-hand diagram shows mitosis, in is unique to an individual (apart from
which one diploid cell replicates its DNA identical twins), and so police look for
and divides into two diploid daughter cells. matches between DNA taken from
The right-hand diagram shows meiosis, in samples and DNA taken from victims/
which one diploid cell replicates its DNA crime scenes.
and then divides twice to form four haploid
daughter cells. S1 The description should cover these points:
b Mitosis is used when a body cell/zygote •
The bases on one strand of DNA are
multiplies. Meiosis is used to produce attracted to bases on the other strand.
gametes. •
A (or T) always attracts T (or A), and G (or
4 Body cells are diploid. If there were no meiosis, C) always attracts C (or G).
at fertilisation two diploid cells would fuse •
(The attractions between the bases are
making a cell with four sets of chromosomes. called hydrogen bonds.)
Each time at fertilisation the chromosome

4
Answers
• The pairs of bases are complementary 6 Two of:
base pairs.
• Wear eye protection (1), because some
• They hold the strands of a DNA molecule of the substances used could harm your
together. eyes (1)
E1 The labelled diagram should show a double • Do not eat the peas (1), because they may
strand of DNA with correct complementary contain harmful substances (1)
base pairs. The double strand is pulled apart • Wash your hands after the experiment (1),
to form two single strands. Additional sugars because harmful substances may have
and phosphate groups are added, with splashed onto them (1)
complementary base pairs, to each strand to
7 a The mixture prepared in Step A breaks
form two double-stranded molecules.
down membranes (1) allowing the DNA to
be released from the cells/nuclei (1)
Exam-style question
b The protease enzymes (1) break
Answer should include at least two of the following down the proteins covering the DNA in
points (1 mark for each to a maximum of 2 marks): chromosomes (1)
• The code is the order of bases (term
8 to test that the sample is DNA (1), and this
‘base’ must be used).
works because both adenine and guanine are
• The bases are A, T, C and G (or full found in DNA (1)
names given).
9 a enzymes (1)
• The code is the instructions for the
b beef (1), because it had the pieces of DNA
manufacture of a protein.
that travelled furthest from the starting
position (1)
SB3cii Core Practical – DNA c Only the chicken pie contains just the
extraction meat it should do (1), because there are
no lines/DNA pieces at the positions of
Student Book any of the other meats (1)
1 a to find out what sort of meat/animal is in d The cottage pie contains beef as well as
the product (1) lamb (1), the lamb moussaka contains
lamb and horse (1)
b Different types/species of animal have
different DNA (1) because the order of
bases is different (1) Activity and Assessment Pack
2 ethanol (1) SB3cii.1 Extracting DNA
3 in DNA / on genes (1) 1 The detergent in step B breaks down
membranes (both the cell surface membrane
4 the apparatus mentioned in the method and the membrane around the nucleus) and
(allow two items to be missing): small beaker, so releases the DNA/chromosomes from the
common salt/sodium chloride, two large cells. The enzyme in step F breaks down the
beakers, peas, washing-up liquid, pestle and proteins found in chromosomes, so releasing
mortar, boiling tube, enzyme solution, ethanol, the DNA from the chromosomes.
stirring rod (1)
the apparatus implied in the method (allow SB3cii.3 Looking at DNA –
two items to be missing): balance, water bath
at 60 °C (accept oven or incubator; accept Strengthen
Bunsen, beaker, gauze, heat-resistant mat 1 a Each pentagon shape should be labelled
and tripod but explain to students that if using with an S.
this heating apparatus, the water should be b rectangles with the following pairs of
brought to a stable temperature before adding letters written in them, going down the
the sample tube), filter funnel, filter paper, diagram: GC, AT, CG, AT, TA
clamp and stand, boiling tube rack, pipette,
ice bath (for the ethanol), 100 cm3 measuring c Each circle shape should be labelled with
cylinder (1) a P.
d one line between AT or CG labelled with H
5 labelled (1) diagram (1) to show filtering for ‘hydrogen bond’
e The two strands of a DNA molecule each
have a backbone of phosphate groups

5
Answers
and sugars. One of four bases is attached 4 The detergent is needed to break down the
to each sugar (A, C, T or G). The bases cell surface membrane and the membrane
on one strand are attracted to bases on around the nucleus, in order to allow the
the other strand – A always attracts T and chromosomes out of the cells. The protease
G (or C) always attracts C (or G). The is needed to break down the proteins in the
attractions between the bases are called chromosomes, and so release the DNA.
hydrogen bonds. The pairs of bases are
5 adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine
complementary base pairs. They hold the
strands of a DNA molecule together. 6 a They used other people’s data to put
together the first accurate model of the
2 It has two strands combined together (and so
DNA double helix. Encourage students to
‘double’); each of which is a helix.
show their sources.
b She helped to produce a photo using
SB3cii.4 DNA structure – X-ray crystallography that showed that the
Homework 1 molecule must be a double helix. (Accept
other answers on their merits, including
1 a nucleus
that she told Watson and Crick that their
b chromosome first model, with bases on the outside,
c cytosine would fall apart.) Encourage students to
d polymer show their sources.
c Helped to develop the technique to
2 a A DNA molecule forms a double helix.
allow X-ray crystal photos of DNA to
b DNA is made of a sugar, a phosphate be obtained. (Accept other answers on
group and four different sorts of bases. their merits, including that he helped to
c A short length of DNA containing confirm the Watson and Crick model
instructions for a protein is called a gene. in the years after its discovery, making
small adjustments to it, or that he showed
3 a (from left to right) ATGTCATATTCAAA
the famous ‘photograph 51’ to Watson.)
b with hydrogen bonds Encourage students to show their sources.
4 a around the cell (cell surface membrane) d He took ‘photograph 51’ by wrapping DNA
and around the nucleus around a paperclip to keep the molecule
b to remove the proteins from stretched. (Accept other answers on their
chromosomes, and so release the DNA merits, including that he worked with
Franklin to develop the technique of X-ray
crystallography.) Encourage students to
SB3cii.5 The double helix show their sources.
Homework 2
1 Levene’s model had equal amounts of A, T, G
and C. (And Chargaff showed that the amounts
SB3d Protein synthesis H
of each base were not equal, but A and T were Student Book
almost the same, and C and G were almost the
same.) 7th 1 a adenine, thymine, cytosine and
guanine
2 a
7th b
nucleotide bases
i ii iii iv v vi
ratio 8th 2 A pairs with T and so a DNA molecule
AC AG AT CG CT GT
must have equal proportions of these
octopus 1.9 1.9 1.1 1.0 0.6 0.6 two bases. The same is true for C
human 1.5 1.4 1.0 1.0 0.7 0.7 and G.
b A with T or C with G; these are the ratios 8th 3 the order of DNA bases
that come out as about 1 (i.e. equal
quantities of each base which you must 8th 4 the order of amino acids (in a protein)
have if they can only be in pairs).
8th 5 the hydrogen bonds between the bases
3 a a double helix
b (from left to right) ATGTCATATTCAAA 8th 6 phosphate (group), (ribose) sugar, base
c There are more hydrogen bonds between 10th 7 UAAGGCCU
G and C than between A and T.

6
Answers
8th 8 through nuclear pores/pores in the

nucleus (membrane)
9th 9 tRNA carries amino acids to the

ribosome; ribosomes join the amino
acids together
10th 10 each amino acid needs one codon, so

23 codons are needed (take care not
to muddle up bases and codons; each
codon contains three bases)
S1 Flow chart along these lines:
DNA base order copied mRNA strand

RNA polymerase
into a complementary moves into
bases in DNA → attaches and → →
mRNA strand cytoplasm through
opens DNA
(transcription) a nuclear pore
↓
tRNA molecules
ribosome joins ribosome attaches
carrying amino
polypeptide ← the amino acids ← ← to mRNA strand
acids attach to
together (start of translation)
complementary mRNA
E1 at least one similarity from: both contain

phosphate groups; both contain a backbone of
• In the cytoplasm, a ribosome attaches to the
mRNA strand.
phosphate groups and a sugar; both contain
bases • A tRNA molecule pairs up with each codon.
at least one difference from: uracil as a base • The ribosome joins together the amino acids
carried by the tRNA molecules.
instead of thymine in the mRNA strand; mRNA
moves into cytoplasm; mRNA is much shorter/ • This results in the formation of a polypeptide.
not part of a huge molecule; mRNA is single- • The types and order of amino acids in the
stranded and not part of a double-stranded chain cause it to fold into a specific shape.
molecule; mRNA contains a different sugar
(ribose and not deoxyribose) SB3d.3 Protein synthesis –
Strengthen
Exam-style question
1 a pore
• four amino acids (1); there are four sets of
b polypeptide
three bases/four codons (1)
c mRNA
Activity and Assessment Pack d RNA polymerase
e ribosome
SB3d.2 Transcription and translation
f amino acids
• The order of the stages is as follows:
g bases
• Inside the nucleus, RNA polymerase attaches
h tRNA
to a non-coding section of DNA.
• The enzyme separates the two strands of 2 g→d→c→a→e→h→f→b
DNA.
3 a phosphate group, (deoxyribose) sugar,
• RNA polymerase continues to move along the base
DNA to reach the coding region of a gene.
b any protein or type of protein (e.g.
• RNA polymerase adds complementary RNA enzyme, haemoglobin)
nucleotides to the template strand.
c codon
• RNA polymerase links the RNA nucleotides
d protein/polypeptide
together to form a strand of mRNA.
e mRNA
• The strand of mRNA travels out of the nucleus
through a nuclear pore. 4 The polypeptide chain folds (to become a
functional protein).

7
Answers
SB3d.4 Making proteins –
Homework 1
contain contain contain contain contain contain the
phosphate deoxyribose ribose sugar the base the base base uracil
groups sugar thymine adenine
Only RNA ✓ ✓
nucleotides
Only DNA ✓ ✓
nucleotides
Both RNA ✓ ✓
and DNA
nucleotides
2 a messenger the mRNA dictates which tRNA molecules

b nucleus can attach, and each tRNA molecule
carries a specific amino acid.
c RNA polymerase
d non-coding region, just before a gene 3 a tRNA
e chromosome b C U U
f A C G G U A G U G c hydrogen bonding
g any group of three neighbouring base d two from: it is shorter/smaller; it contains
letters circled some double-stranded sections or
sections with bonding; it carries an amino
3 pore, ribosome, mRNA, mRNA, ribosome, acid
tRNA, triplets, codons, amino acids, ribosome,
amino acids, polypeptide, translation, protein
SB3e Genetic variants and
SB3d.5 Protein manufacture – phenotypes H
Homework 2
Student Book
1 a base
b transcription 10th
1 a UGU is Cys.
c A strand of mRNA is being made, which 10th b
CCG is Pro.
consists of a series of (nucleotides with)
bases that are complementary to one/the 10th c GAC is Asp.
template strand of the gene
d RNA polymerase 10th d
GUG is Val.
e non-coding region, just before a gene 10th 2 UGG
f (T A G) C C G U G A
10th 3 GAU-GCU-UAC-GGC → Asp-Ala-Tyr-
g three
Gly
2 a translation
9th 4 It stops translation.
b P – polypeptide chain – folds into/
becomes a protein 11th 5 a causes an incorrect amino acid to
Q – amino acids – link to form a be added to the polypeptide chain;
polypeptide chain so that the polypeptide no longer
R – mRNA strand – contains the code folds correctly
for the sequence of amino acids in the 11th b
allele 3 also causes an incorrect
polypeptide chain amino acid to be added to the
S – ribosome – allows tRNA molecules to polypeptide chain; so that the
attach to the mRNA and joins the amino polypeptide no longer folds
acids together correctly; but the mutation in allele 4
still allows the correct amino acid to
T – tRNA molecule – transports amino
be added
acids to the ribosome
c It needs to fold. 7th 6 a disease caused by a mutation/
d The order of the bases in each codon of change in the DNA bases in a gene

8
Answers
The following may help students to follow the
11th 7 a mutation in the non-coding region working:
before the gene; causes RNA
For the normal gene:
polymerase to bind more effectively;
there is more transcription/ TAA GTG CGG GAC TAG GAA
more mRNA is produced; more – DNA template strand
polypeptide/protein is produced
AUU CAC GCC CUG AUC CUU
8 the change in DNA bases means that – mRNA in normal gene
the RNA polymerase does not bind Ile His Ala Leu Ile Leu
so well; there is less transcription/ – polypeptide chain
less mRNA is produced; less of the
polypeptide needed for haemoglobin is For the mutant allele:
made; lower levels of haemoglobin to
TAA GTG CAG GAC TAG GAA
transport oxygen; less oxygen available
– DNA template strand
to release energy for respiration;
causing tiredness/weakness/shortness AUU CAC GUC CUG AUC CUU
of breath – mRNA in mutated gene
S1 concept map showing mutations in the centre Ile His Val Leu Ile Leu
with three branches: – polypeptide chain
1 Too much protein is caused by a mutation in
Exam-style question
the non-coding region located before a gene.
This can lead to increased binding by RNA some amino acids are coded for by different
polymerase, and therefore an increased mRNA codons/the changed codon may still code for
and polypeptide production. the correct amino acid (1)
2 Too little protein is caused by a mutation in
the non-coding region located before a gene. Activity and Assessment Pack
This can lead to decreased binding by RNA SB3e.1 Protein shapes and
polymerase, and so decreased mRNA and
polypeptide production. mutations
3 Proteins that do not function well are caused 1 different amino acids
by a mutation in the gene. This can lead to 2 a polypeptide chain
an incorrect amino acid being added to the
polypeptide during translation, resulting in the 3 It caused the beads/polypeptide chain to fold
polypeptide not folding correctly and so not differently.
functioning properly. 4 Each of the amino acids has a different shape
E1 one codon is changed, CGG to CAG (in the and/or size and so causes the polypeptide
mutant allele); this results in the change of chain to fold in different ways.
an amino acid (Ala to Val); this change in 5 Some of the amino acids are the same size/
the amino acid sequence means that the shape and so do not affect the folding.
polypeptide/protein does not fold properly;
enzymes rely on having a specific shape in
order to carry out their function

9
Answers
SB3e.2 The genetic code
1 completed table (see Worksheet SB3e.5)
2, 3
Single-letter Amino acid Single-letter Amino acid
symbol name symbol name
Ala A alanine Leu L leucine
Arg R arginine Lys K lysine
Asn N asparagine Met M methionine
Asp D aspartic acid Phe F phenylalanine
Cys C cysteine Pro P proline
Gln Q glutamine Ser S serine
Glu E glutamic acid Thr T threonine
Gly G glycine Trp W tryptophan
His H histidine Tyr Y tyrosine
Ile I isoleucine Val V valine
SB3e.3 Genetic variants and of amino acids and so does not fold
correctly)
phenotypes – Strengthen
c in the non-coding region before the gene
1 in ascending order on the flow chart: DNA, (could prevent RNA polymerase from
transcription, mRNA, translation, polypeptide binding)
2 a mutation, RNA polymerase, increased,
polypeptide (accept proteins) SB3e.5 The effects of mutations –
b gene, mRNA Homework 2
c proteins, amino acid, translation, folding 1 a Leu
3 a genetic code b It has no effect. The changed codon still
b alleles codes for the same amino acid, and so the
polypeptide still folds in the same way.
c phenotype
c The changed codon codes for a different
amino acid. This could cause the
SB3e.4 Causes of genetic variants – polypeptide to fold in a different way and
Homework 1 form a protein that does not function.
1 a completed table (see Worksheet SB3e.5) 2 a A mutation here could stop RNA
b codon polymerase binding, which would prevent
c six mRNA being produced, and so no
polypeptide/protein could be translated.
d stop translation
b A mutation here could cause an incorrect
2 a Met Gln Val Pro Pro Glu amino acid to be incorporated into the
b It has no effect. The changed codon still polypeptide chain and so prevent it folding
codes for the same amino acid, and so the properly into the enzyme.
polypeptide still folds in the same way. c A mutation here could cause an incorrect
c The changed codon codes for a different amino acid to be incorporated into the
amino acid. This could cause the polypeptide chain and so prevent it folding
polypeptide to fold in a different way and properly into the enzyme, or could make
form a protein that does not function. the active site non-functional because
d mutations it makes it the wrong shape or has the
wrong amino acid to bind the substrate.
3 a white skin (There are other characteristics,
but this is the only one mentioned in the 3 a Gly Asp Arg Cys Glu
question.) b This mRNA no longer codes for Cys in
b in the gene (causing a polypeptide that the correct position and instead codes for
does not have the correct sequence a stop. This means that translation will
stop at this point and so the full-length
polypeptide/protein will not be made.
10
Answers
4 During mitosis, the mutation is only passed 3 Some alleles of a gene are more powerful
on to other body cells. This may affect those than others and always have an effect in the
cells so that they produce the wrong proteins offspring.
(or it could even lead to cancer), but the effect
E1 bred together/crossed true-breeding wrinkled
is limited to that individual. During meiosis, a
pea plants and true-breeding smooth pea
mutation is passed on to the gamete. This has
plants; if all the offspring have one type of pea,
no effect on the adult, but if that gamete takes
that is the ‘more powerful factor’
part in fertilisation, the fertilised cell/zygote
will contain the mutation. If the mutation is not
Exam-style question
fatal, all the cells produced by mitosis of the
fertilised cell, and hence all the cells of the new some variations suddenly appear (1); which cannot
organism, will contain the mutation, so it could be explained by ‘blending’ of variations from
have serious effects. parents (1)

SB3f Mendel
SB3f.2 Mendel’s laws
Student Book
1–C
5 th
1 students’ own examples of some The yellow version of the factor is more powerful
types of inherited variation in one and so stops the green version having any effect.
characteristic, such as eye colour
(brown, green, blue, grey, hazel) 2–A
If each cell has two factors, then the first-generation
5th 2 because most offspring look like a blend plants must all have one of each factor, one from
of the features of their parents the male and one from the female.
5th 3 because the pea pods are either green Those factors must separate when the first-
or yellow, never somewhere in between generation plants produce gametes, otherwise the
short version of the factor would always be masked
6th 4 to stop pollen/male gametes from plants by the tall version.
that he was not investigating from
3–C
pollinating the flowers
The tall version of the factor is more powerful and
6th 5 genes so stops the short version having any effect.
4–B
8th 6 a When crossed between themselves,
If versions of the factors were linked, then you
they produced some offspring that
would not expect to get all different possible
were short, meaning that the factor
combinations.
that causes shortness must be
contained within them.
SB3f.3 Mendel – Strengthen
8th b
tallness; because all the first
generation plants were tall even 1 a a sex cell
though they must contain some b phenotype
short ‘factors’ from the short parent c genes
8th 7 scientists could not see how Mendel’s d alleles
factors could explain characteristics that 2 a pea
had many different variations/a wide
range of variation; scientists could not b If blending were correct, then when tall
see how Mendel’s factors could explain plants and short plants were bred together
Darwin’s theory of evolution you would expect to get medium-height
plants. But you only ever get short and/or
S1 tall plants, and nothing in between.
1 Each gamete receives only one gene for a c They each get factors from both parents
characteristic. that control tallness. But they all get a
version of the factor for ‘tall’ from the male
2 The gene a gamete receives is random and gamete in this case, and this is more
does not depend on the other genes contained powerful than the version for ‘short’. So, all
within the gamete. the plants are tall.

11
Answers
3 One of: people could not understand how 6 Many of our characteristics are controlled by
factors could be carried/transferred; people many genes/factors not just one.
could not see how ‘factors’ could explain the
7 Maybe both parents’ cells contain a ‘red’
many variations in characteristics such as
version of the hair colour factor that is usually
human eye colour; people could not see how
masked by ‘brown’.
Mendel’s ideas could explain evolution. (They
argued that, if the factors could not change, But their cells also contain the more powerful
then a species could not change (evolve)). ‘brown’ version, meaning that the red colour is
not seen.
SB3f.4 Mendel’s work – Homework 1 Both parents would produce some gametes
1 a genes with the ‘red’ version of the factor. If two of
these gametes join, then the offspring will have
b alleles
red hair (because their cells do not have the
c The tall version of the factor is more more powerful ‘brown’ version of the factor).
powerful and so stops the short version
having any effect. 8 Each gene exists in many different alleles, and
these can be created by mutations caused by
2 They could not see where factors could be improper copying of DNA, by radiation or by
found, or they could not see how factors could some chemical substances. Since new alleles
be transported/carried, because they could not are constantly being created, there is always
see chromosomes. genetic variation for natural selection to act on.
3 a purple, smooth, yellow
b If blending occurred, you would expect to
get mauve flowers/half-wrinkled seeds/
SB3g Alleles
pale greeny-yellow peas, but this does not Student Book
happen.
c Some of the offspring might have had the 7th 1 genome, chromosome, gene, base
version of the factor that was not powerful/
the phenotype that was usually hidden.
6th 2 a version of a gene
d Both parents could contain both versions 9th 3 We all inherited the same genes, but
of the factors, and so some offspring might since they come in many different
not have had any of the more powerful versions (alleles) we all inherited
version. different sets of alleles and so have
slightly different characteristics.
SB3f.5 The inheriting principle –
9th 4 The matching sentences in a pair of
Homework 2 books are slightly different (e.g. in two
1 a If blending occurred, you would expect to slightly different translations of the same
get medium-height plants, but this does sentence in a foreign language book that
not happen. has been translated into English, one
b All the first-generation plants are tall, sentence has UK spellings and one has
because they all contain a version of the US spellings).
factor that is more powerful. 7th 5 a heterozygous
2 a genes
8th b
because the two alleles are different
b alleles
3 If results are repeatable, you can be more sure 8th 6 when both copies of the gene are the
that results are correct/you can draw more same, recessive, allele
certain conclusions.
9th 7 genotype phenotype
4 Factors control the characteristics of an
RR purple flowers
organism, and so if the thing that contains
those factors is removed, you would not expect Rr purple flowers
the organism to develop properly. rr white flowers
5 a DNA
b He tested to see whether each of sugar,
proteins, DNA or RNA could transform the
bacteria. Only DNA worked.

12
Answers
9th 8
S1 Correct genetic diagram (similar to that above 2 a T

in question 8): all the offspring will be Rr and so b TT and tt
contain the dominant allele for the purple flower c TT and Tt
colour. The recessive allele will not have an
effect in the presence of the dominant allele.
E1 Correct genetic diagram (similar to that above
SB3g.2 More alleles – Extend
in question 8): parents are both Nn. One 1 a N
offspring will be NN (smooth phenotype), one b It has a capital letter.
will be nn (wrinkled phenotype) and two will be
c smooth peas
Nn (smooth phenotype). The ratio of smooth to
wrinkled is 3 : 1. d They both contain a dominant allele for
smooth peas (N).
Exam-style question
2 Completed rows of the genetic diagram:
Genetic diagram (or Punnett square, but students
will not meet these until the next topic) may be • top row: parent 2 is heterozygous
drawn, but there are no marks for this. The answer • second row: genotype is Nn
should include the following points: • possible gametes: N and n (for both
• genotype (or gametes) of one parent parents)
correctly identified as Dd (1) • arrows correctly drawn so that all
• genotype (or gametes) of one parent combinations are shown
correctly identified as dd (1) • possible offspring genotypes: NN, Nn, Nn
• offspring genotypes correctly worked out and nn
as Dd, Dd, dd, dd (1) • possible offspring phenotypes: smooth
• ratio of offspring is 1 : 1. (1) peas (NN, Nn), wrinkled peas (nn)
3 3:1
4 a Genetic diagram should be drawn, with
SB3g.1 Looking at alleles parents Nn and nn, resulting in offspring
Strengthen Nn, Nn, nn and nn. So the ratio becomes
1 : 1 for the smooth phenotype.
1 a a version of a gene
b NN
b when cells have two copies of it
c 100% smooth. Genetic diagram might be
c RR
drawn to show working.
d rr
d possible offspring genotypes: NN, Nn, Nn
e Genetic cross diagram completed. Missing and nn (the same as for question 2)
gametes are R and r. Missing genotypes
are Rr and rr. Missing phenotypes are
purple (for Rr) and white (for rr).

13
Answers
SB3g.3 Genes and alleles c The genotype of an individual is a
statement of its alleles, and those alleles
Homework 1
can then cause the individual to have
1 Missing words filled in as for diagram B of certain characteristics – its phenotype.
CB3c Alleles in the Student Book. d A dominant allele always affects
2 a MM, PP and QQ circled characteristics/phenotype, whereas a
recessive allele will only have an effect if
b Mm, Pp and Qq underlined
there is no dominant allele.
3 a proteins alleles
3 The children with non-smelly urine must be aa
b genotype phenotype because they need two copies of the recessive
c bB Bb allele in order for it to have its effect. The only
d Bb BB way this couple can have aa children is if
Jackie is Aa. If she were AA, all the children
4 a Completed rows of the genetic diagram: would have smelly urine. If she were aa, she
•
possible gametes: Y and Y (parent 1), would not have smelly urine and the question
Y and y (for parent 2) states that she does.
•
possible offspring genotypes: YY, YY, 4 Genetic diagrams drawn to show working.
Yy, Yy The first parents are DD (‘homozygous for the
•
possible offspring phenotypes: all dominant allele’) and dd (‘has flat pods’). All
yellow the offspring will be Dd. Crossing Dd with Dd
b All of the offspring have at least one gives DD, Dd, Dd and dd in the ratio of
dominant allele for yellow peas, and 1 : 2 : 1. So, if there are 200 offspring, 25% will
so the recessive allele will not have an have flat pods: 25 / 100 × 200 = 50 plants with
effect. flat pods.
5 The following points will need to be covered,
SB3g.4 Genotypes and phenotypes to get the correct ratio (which letter is used for
Homework 2 coat colour is optional):
1 a Completed rows of the genetic diagram: • G pod colour (G is green pods, g is yellow
pods)
•
possible gametes: B and B (parent 1),
• E coat colour (E is green coat, e is white
B and b (parent 2)
coat)
•
arrows correctly drawn so that all
• genotype of A: ggEe
combinations are shown
•
possible offspring genotypes: BB, BB, • genotype of B: GGee
Bb, Bb • possible gametes of A: gE ge gE ge
•
possible offspring phenotypes: • possible gametes of B: Ge Ge Ge Ge
all blue • possible offspring genotypes: GgEe, Ggee
b parent 1 • possible offspring phenotypes: green pods
c 50% and green coat (50%), and green pods
and white coat (50%)
d blue flowers
e blue flowers • predicted ratio of 1 : 1 green pods and
green coat : green pods and white coat
f All of the offspring have at least one
dominant allele for blue flowers, and
so the recessive allele will not have SB3h Inheritance
an effect.
2 a A gene is part of a chromosome that
Student Book
contains the instructions for a protein, 6th 1 sperm cell
but alleles are different versions of
that gene. 7th 2 Answer will contain reference to diagram
b An individual that is homozygous for a B in the Student Book or will show
gene has two alleles that are the same, a copy of it, explaining that half the
but an individual that is heterozygous will offspring are XX and half are XY, and
have two alleles that are different. therefore about 50% of the population
will be male and 50% will be female.

14
Answers
S1 Punnett square must show that if Richard (Qq)
8th 3 has children with Diane (Qq), the offspring will
Rr parent be: QQ, Qq, Qq and qq.
S2 So, there is a  _4 = 0.25 or 25% probability that a
1
child has PKU.

possible
R r
gametes E1 Working should include the following.
•
First cross shows parent genotypes as GG
parent R RR Rr and gg.
Rr
•
First cross offspring all have genotype Gg.
•
Second cross parent genotypes are
r Rr rr both Gg.
•
Gametes are G and g.
9th 4 a 3 : 1, normal : CF •
Offspring have genotypes GG, Gg, Gg
and gg.
9th b
1 •
One-quarter have a genotype that will
result in the yellow pod phenotype = 0.25
 _4 or
3
9th c probability = 0.75 or 75% or 25%.
6th 5 a q Exam-style question

8th b
because she has a dominant allele Humans contain two chromosomes/one pair of
as well (which causes the correct chromosomes to determine sex. (1)
enzyme to be made even if the Males have one X and one Y sex chromosome. (1)
recessive allele is also there) Females have two X sex chromosomes. (1)
6th c
qq Only sperm cells can contain a Y sex chromosome
(and so determine sex). (1)
9th d Punnett square must show that if
Brian (qq) has children with Carolyn
(Qq), the offspring will be: Qq, Qq, Activity and Assessment Pack
qq and qq. So, there is a 2/4 = 0.5
or 50% probability that Sam has
SB3h.1 A family pedigree
PKU. 1–3

15
Answers
SB3h.2 More genetic diagrams resulting offspring will be 50% male and
50% female.)
Strengthen
c Possible genotypes if Hh and hh are
1 a one crossed are: 50% Hh and 50% hh. Hh
b heterozygous causes the HD phenotype, and so Simon
has a 50% chance of having the disorder.
c K and k
d correctly completed Punnett square to
show possible offspring genotypes: KK,
SB3h.4 Looking at inheritance
Kk, Kk, kk Homework 1
e 3 1 a Punnett square correctly completed to
f 3 : 1 show female gametes containing X, and
offspring columns showing equal ratio of
g  _4 or 0.75 or 75% probability
3
XX to XY
2 a 2 : 1 (unaffected : affected) b 50%, because two out of the four possible
b Dolores genotypes result in girls
c tt c sex chromosomes
d XY d male sperm cell, female egg cell
2 a correctly completed Punnett square to
SB3h.3 Peas and people – Extend show plant A gametes as Y and y, and
1 a Punnett square plant B gametes as Y and y; offspring
columns correctly completed to show ratio
b yes
of 1 : 2 : 1 of YY : Yy : yy
c One plant has green pods (the dominant
b 3 : 1
allele) and both plants are homozygous
c _  4 or 0.75 or 75%
3
(according to question E1).
d gg 3 a Pepe
e 100% b Alex and Sonya shaded (Coral left
f 1 unshaded)
g Punnett square drawn to show Gg c Gary: dd
being crossed with Gg, resulting in the d Jerry: dd (he has MCADD)
genotypes GG, Gg, Gg and gg e Henry: Dd (does not have MCADD, so
h 1 : 2 : 1 (GG : Gg : gg) cannot be dd; also Alex, his mother, does
i 3 : 1 (green : yellow) not have a dominant gene, and his father,
j  _4 or 0.75 or 75% probability
3 John, only has one, so Henry cannot be
DD)
2 a
b 50% (Explanation may contain a genetic f dd × Dd will produce genotypes Dd,

diagram or Punnett square showing sex is Dd, dd and dd; two out of four of these
determined by the sperm cell containing genotypes cause MCADD, and so the
probability is 2 / 4 =  _2 or 0.5 or 50%.
1
an X or a Y chromosome; 50% contain
an X and 50% contain a Y, and so the

16
Answers
SB3h.5 Looking at inheritance SB3i Multiple and missing
Homework 2 alleles
1 a Pepe
Student Book
b Alex and Sonya shaded (Coral left
unshaded) 6th 1 A has A markers, B has B markers, AB
c dd has A and B markers, O has no A or B
d has MCADD markers.
e Dd (does not have MCADD, so cannot be 7th 2 The alleles for A and for B are both
dd; also Alex, his mother, does not have a shown in the phenotype, when present
dominant gene, and his father, John, only in the genotype IAIB.
has one, so Henry cannot be DD)
f Punnett square drawn to show that dd ×
8th 3 a IAIB
Dd will produce genotypes Dd, Dd, dd and
dd. 8th b
IoIo
g 1 : 1
8th c
IAIA or IAIo
h 1 : 1
i probability is 2 / 4 =  _2 or 0.5 or 50%
1
8th d
IBIB or IBIo
j because each offspring would end up with
at least one dominant allele (and MCADD
8th 4 H Diagram should indicate sections of the
is caused by the recessive allele) X chromosome that are missing on the
Y chromosome, including the gene for
2 a Punnett square drawn showing that bird Norrie disease.
egg cells/female gametes are Z or W, and
sperm cells/male gametes are all Z; sex 9th 5 a H Neither do. The father has a normal
chromosomes in the offspring are ZW and vision allele on his X chromosome
ZZ in a 1 : 1 ratio and will see in full colour. The
b Sex is controlled by the female gamete mother has one normal vision and
and not the male gamete. one faulty allele – as the normal
vision allele is dominant, she will
3 a alleles chosen so that the capital and see in full colour.
small version of the same letter are used,
9th b Female: 100% normal vision
and capital correctly used to show the
(though 50% probability of being
dominant allele; Punnett square drawn
a carrier). Male: 50% probability
with gametes from the heterozygous plant
of red–green colour blindness.
as (for example) G and g, and g and g for
the homozygous recessive plant; possible 9th c The difference is because men only
offspring genotypes are: Gg, Gg, gg and gg have one allele for this gene and
women have two, which means
b 2 / 4 = _ 2 or 0.5 or 50%
1
that women can only develop the
4 0.0625 or 6.25% disorder if they inherit the colour-
Punnet squares of dihybrid cross blindness allele from both parents.
Gametes from RrYy parent 9th 6 a H Only men are affected by the
disorder when they inherit the
Gametes from RrYy parent
RY Ry rY ry haemophilia allele. Women who

inherit the allele are just carriers
RY RRYY RRYy RrYY RrYy and do not suffer the disorder.
10th b Women with one haemophilia allele
Ry RRYy RRyy RrYy Rryy usually have a healthy allele on
their other X chromosome. The
rY RrYY RrYy rrYY rrYy healthy allele is dominant to the
haemophilia allele, so they do not
ry RrYy Rryy rrYy rryy develop the disorder.
Wrinkled green peas will be rryy. The Punnett

square predicts that of 16 offspring, 1 will have
this phenotype. 1 / 16 = 0.0625 or 6.25%.

17
Answers
S1 possible offspring
genotypes IAIo IAIo IBIo IBIo
father’s gametes phenotypes A A B B
I B
I o
genotype ratio: 2 IAIo : 2 IBIo (or reduce to 1
mother’s IAIo : 1 IBIo)
gametes I II
A A B
IIA o
phenotype ratio: 2 A : 2 B (or reduce to
blood group AB blood group A 1 A : 1 B)
I II
o B o
IIo o b parents: IAIA × IBIB
blood group B blood group O gametes IA IA IB IB
possible offspring
E1 H T
he gene is on a part of the X chromosome
genotypes IAIB IAIB IAIB IAIB
that is missing in the Y chromosome.
phenotypes AB AB AB AB
Genetic diagrams or Punnett squares
should show similar content to diagram D genotype ratio: all IAIB
on SB3i Multiple and missing alleles in the phenotype ratio: all AB
Student Book, indicating that a male will
develop the disorder when he inherits a
SB3i.2 Multiple and missing alleles –
faulty allele on the X chromosome from his
mother, but that a female will only develop Strengthen
the disorder if she inherits faulty alleles on 1 a IAIA and IAIo
both X chromosomes from her parents.
b IBIB and IBIo
Exam-style question 2 a, b The four possible responses are:
Both the allele for group A and the allele for group B blood group B
show dominance, because the phenotype is blood
gametes
group A if the genotype is the allele for A and the I
B
IB
allele for O, and the phenotype is blood group B if the blood

genotype is the allele for B and the allele for O. (1) group A IA
II
A B
II
A B
The allele for group O shows recessiveness, IA

II
A B
II
A B
because the phenotype of blood group O only

genotype ratio: all IAIB
occurs when both alleles are for group O. (1)
phenotype ratio: all AB
The allele for A and allele for B show codominance
because they are both expressed in the phenotype, blood group B
giving the AB blood group. (1) gametes
I
B
Io
Activity and Assessment Pack blood

I A
II
A B
II
A o
group A
SB3i.1 Blood group inheritance I A
II
A B
II
A o
1 IoIo genotype ratio: 2 IAIB : 2 IAIo (or 1 : 1)

2 IAIB phenotype ratio: 2 AB : 2 A (or 1 : 1)
3 a IAIA and IAIo blood group B
b IBIB and IBIo gametes
c IAIB I
B
IB
blood
d IoIo group A I A
II
A B
II
A B
4 a parents: IAIo × IBIo I o

II
B o
II
B o
gametes IA Io IB Io genotype ratio: 2 IAIB : 2 IBIo (or 1 : 1)

possible offspring phenotype ratio: 2 AB : 2 B (or 1 : 1)
genotypes IAIB IAIo IBIo IoIo
phenotypes AB A B O blood group B
b genotype ratio: 1 IAIB : 1IAIo : 1 IBIo : 1 IoIo gametes
I
B
Io
phenotype ratio: 1 AB : 1 A : 1 B : 1 O blood

5 a parents: IAIB × IoIo group A I A
II
A B
II
A o
gametes IA IB Io Io I o
II
B o
II
o o

18
Answers
genotype ratio: 1 IAIB : 1 IAIo : 1 IBIo : 1 IoIo b Punnett square similar to below, or genetic
phenotype ratio: 1 AB : 1 A : 1 B : 1 O diagram showing the same, using suitable
abbreviations for the chromosomes and
3 Both alleles affect the phenotype, producing allele
the blood group AB.
father (haemophilia)
SB3i.3 Codominant alleles – gametes Xh Y
Homework 1 mother XH XHXh XHY
1 a blood group A: and IAIo IAIA (no
haemophilia X XHXh XHY
H
blood group B: IBIo and IBIB
blood group AB: IAIB allele)
blood group O: IoIo
Sons inherit their X chromosome from
b Io because it does not affect the phenotype
their mother, who does not have the
unless there are two copies in the
haemophilia allele. They do not inherit
genotype
their X chromosome from their father.
c IAIB because both alleles affect the
c Female 4 must have the haemophilia
phenotype when they are present together
allele, because her son (10) has the
in the genotype
disorder.
d This gene has several different alleles.
d Female 11 is unlikely to be a carrier,
2 a because she is the daughter of male 5,
who cannot have the allele because he
black male
would have developed the disorder.
gametes B B
white W BW BW
female
SB3j Gene mutation
W BW BW
Student Book
b Both the white and black allele affect the
genotype, producing speckled feathering. 7th 1 Two possible OCA2 alleles would be
‘little melanin produced’ (for blue eyes)
SB3i.4 Codominance and sex-linked and ‘lots of melanin produced’ (for brown
disorders – Homework 2 eyes), because eye colour is controlled
by the amount of melanin (which is
1 a IoIo because the allele only affects the controlled by the OCA2 gene).
phenotypes when two copies are present
in the genotype 9th 2 Alleles in male gametes
b IAIB because both alleles affect the
female gametes
phenotype, producing the AB blood group B b

Alleles in
c genetic diagrams or Punnett squares

B BB Bb
showing:
IAIA and IBIB: genotype ratio: all IAIB, b Bb bb
phenotype ratio: all AB
IAIA and IBIo: genotype ratio: 2 IAIB : 2 IAIo (or This shows a 25% probability of the BB
1 : 1), phenotype ratio: 2 AB : 2 A (or 1 : 1) (homozygous dominant) combination,
IAIo and IBIo: genotype ratio: 1 IAIB : 1 IAIo : 50% probability of the Bb (heterozygous)
1 IBIo : 1 IoIo, phenotype ratio: 1 AB : 1 A : combination, and 25% probability
1B:1O of the bb (homozygous recessive)
combination. This means there would
IAIo and IBIB: genotype ratio: 2 IAIB : 2 IBIo (or
be a 75% probability of having a brown-
1 : 1), phenotype ratio: 2 AB : 2 B (or 1 : 1)
eyed child and a 25% probability of
2 a The gene is on part of the X chromosome having a blue-eyed child.
that is missing in the Y chromosome.
Females have two X chromosomes, so 7th 3 a meiosis
they only develop the disorder when both
alleles are for haemophilia. Males develop
7th b
mitosis
the condition if they inherit the faulty allele 8th 4 The more sunlight there is on the skin,
on their X chromosome.
the higher the amount of UV radiation

19
Answers
the cells receive, which increases the Exam-style question
chance that a mutation will occur and A mutation is a change in the allele for a gene. (1)
result in cancer. The allele may code for a different protein, and
8th 5 If the change in the allele does not affect so produce a different characteristic that can be
the protein that is coded for by the gene, inherited. (1) Different alleles for a gene means that
then the mutation will have no effect on different combinations of alleles can be inherited,
the characteristic. resulting in variation in the phenotype produced. (1)
8th 6 Different people have some bases that Activity and Assessment Pack
are different to those in other people, as
a result of mutation. SB3j.2 Human Genome Project
1 It was the first time that all the bases of a
6th 7 It could identify the risk that a person
human genome were mapped, and made
has of getting a disease, and so could
possible a large number of developments
help that person find ways of reducing
in techniques for mapping genomes and
the risk. It could also help identify which
understanding where particular genes are in
drugs would be most effective, or most
the genome.
harmful, so that the best drug could be
given to treat the person’s disease. 2 a a short piece of DNA that codes for a
protein
9th 8 a A doctor would see that there
b one variation of a gene that produces a
is reduced effectiveness to
particular variation in the characteristic
clopidogrel, so might choose a
that the gene codes for, e.g. blue or brown
different drug to reduce the risk of
eyes
blood clots in this person. The risk
of simvastatin affecting the muscles 3 a It is passed in the genes from parent to
is typical, so the doctor would offspring.
probably be happy to choose this b If a close member of the family has
drug to reduce blood cholesterol inherited the disease, there is a possibility
rather than another similar drug that the person without the disease may
that might have more adverse side have one CF allele and one normal allele
effects. The person would also (i.e. be heterozygous for the CF allele).
need a lower dose of warfarin than This means that if the person marries
normal if they were given the drug someone who is heterozygous, there is a
to reduce the risk of blood clots, chance (25% probability) the couple will
because they are more sensitive to have a child who develops the disease.
its effects than other people.
4 a APOE-e4
8th b
Different people have different
alleles for the genes that affect the b Risk is the probability of something
response to each drug. happening.
c i 100% ii 0%
S1 Human eye colour is produced by several
genes, including OCA2 which controls the d A 100% risk means that it will happen.
production of the protein melanin. Different However, having two APOE-e4 alleles only
alleles of those genes have arisen by mutation/ increases the risk by 12, which means
changes in the gene made during copying of that some of these people do not get
the DNA during cell division. As you only have Alzheimer’s. So there must be additional
two alleles for any gene, different people have factors that affect whether or not a person
different combinations of alleles and so have develops the disease.
different eye colours. 5 a Genes code for proteins, and enzymes are
E1 The variation in bases has been produced by proteins. So genes code for enzymes.
mutation, when bases have been miscopied b If an allele for an enzyme that affects a
during cell division or by effects of radiation or drug is changed so that it affects how
some chemicals. Some alleles still produce the the enzyme works, this could mean the
same protein as the original/normal allele, and enzyme is better or worse at changing the
so do not change the phenotype by affecting drug in the body, and so change how well
vision. Some alleles have a large effect on the the drug works.
phenotype because they change how the gene
6 A suitable answer will refer to how knowledge
works.
might affect a person’s emotions, such as:

20
Answers
Some diseases cannot be cured, and are c BRCA1: allele X has one C instead of a
known to shorten life. Some people may not T in the normal allele. Allele Y has an A
want to know that they have an increased risk instead of a T in the normal allele. BRCA2:
of developing this kind of disease, as it will allele X has a C instead of one A in the
affect their happiness. normal allele. Allele Y has a C instead of a
T in the normal allele.
7 A suitable explanation will refer to helping
people distinguish between the risk of 3 The proteins produced by the normal alleles
developing a disease and whether or not that of the genes repair DNA that has been
person will actually develop the disease, and miscopied. This prevents cells with damaged
supporting the person in dealing with any DNA becoming cancerous.
negative feelings they have about knowing this.
4 a If the allele no longer codes for the
protein, or the protein produced does
SB3j.3 Gene mutation − Strengthen not work properly, then damaged DNA in
1 It is controlled by multiple genes, because breast cells will not be repaired. This could
HERC2 can change the way OCA2 works. lead to the cells becoming cancerous.
(Other genes may also be involved.) b Some mutations in the DNA will not
change the protein that is coded for by the
2 mutation
gene, and so the protein will work properly
3 ‘Variation’ means different alleles of the gene. and keep the risk of breast cancer low.
Different alleles may change the amount of 5 a A genome test would show the base
melanin that is made in the body, and this will pairs in the BRCA genes, and so identify
affect eye colour. whether the person had an increased risk
4 Some mutations do not change the amount of developing breast cancer.
of melanin that is produced and so have no b A genome test would show the base pairs
obvious effect. Also, if the allele for HERC2 in the genes related to the effectiveness of
codes for blue eyes, this will override whatever drugs used to treat breast cancers, such as
the OCA2 gene codes for. the gene that produces the HER2 protein.
5 Eye colour is coded for by genes. Genes are If a patient has a version of this gene that
passed from parents to offspring at fertilisation produces lots of protein, then it is likely the
in sexual reproduction. Herceptin drug will help control the cancer,
but if the patient produces only a little HER2
protein, then taking it could be more harmful
SB3j.4 Gene mutation − Homework 1 than good and be a waste of money.
1 a cystic fibrosis 6 a Create a Punnett square using any suitable
b multiple genes letters, such as B is the dominant high-risk
allele Y, b is the recessive ‘normal' allele
2 C
Father’s gametes:
3 mutation
B b
4 Most mutations have no effect on
characteristics/the phenotype.
Mother’s
b Bb bb
gametes
5 a clopidogrel
b Bb bb
b The drug is less likely than the other drugs
to be effective for most people.
b There is a 50% probability of this father
c to identify disorders caused by mutations
passing on the high-risk allele to a child,
that a person might develop
which means that young women in this
family could be at higher risk than those in
SB3j.5 Breast cancer genes families without a history of breast cancer.
Homework 2 Knowing that you are at higher risk can
help with planning what to do about it.
1 to map all the bases in the human genome
7 A genome test only identifies the risk of
2 a mutation developing a genetic disorder based on the
b when DNA is miscopied during cell versions you have of certain genes. This is not
division; when DNA is changed by the same as knowing for definite whether you
radiation or particular chemicals will or will not get the disease. At least 10% of
women with the high-risk version of BRCA1 will
not develop breast cancer before they are 80.

21
Answers
8 12% of women with the normal versions of
these genes develop breast cancer before they 5th b
The modal class is the most
are 80. This could be the result of changes in common class, which is 4.0–4.9 cm.
other genes that help to prevent cancer cells 5th c yes, because the chart is bell-shaped
developing in breast tissue, such as by radiation with the most common value (mode)
or natural miscopying during cell division. in the middle of the curve (median)
S1 Answer should include several of the following:
SB3k Variation •
The child will have inherited his/her natural
hair colour and structure from his/her
Student Book parents, because these characteristics are
controlled by genes.
4th 1 a i
any suitable characteristic that
is controlled by genes, such as •
Variation in hair length is environmental
shape of leaf or colour of leaf variation, as it depends on how the hair is
cut.
6th ii
because variation has been
produced by mutation of •
His mother may not naturally have straight
the gene that controls this brown hair – she may be blonde and have
characteristic dyed it. She may also have curly hair that she
has straightened using heat. Hair colour and
5th b i
any suitable variation related to structure can be changed by the environment,
differences in growth, such as but these changes are not inherited.
height, size of leaf, number of
leaves
• The child may have dyed his/her hair and
used curling tongs.
6th ii because this is caused by • The father may have wavy blond hair, and
differences in the amount the child may have inherited this.
of light, water or nutrients
(environmental differences)
• Both parents may have brown straight
hair, but both may have recessive alleles
for blonde and wavy hair, which the child
5th 2 a environment, because usually
has inherited.
length of hair depends on how
much hair has been cut off E1 Answer should include reference to the following:
5 th
b
genes, because blood group is •
The DNA in your body cells is mostly the
inherited from a person’s parents/ same, because the cells are formed by
nothing in the environment can mitosis.
change someone’s blood group
•
In mitosis, the DNA in the cell is copied
5th c genes and environment, as tall before the cell splits in two to make two
people tend to have tall children, identical daughter cells.
but those children will not grow tall
unless they are healthy (have good
•
Mistakes in copying DNA are mutations.
food, etc.) •
Mutations produce differences in the DNA
bases in different body cells.
6th 3 The shape is not natural and has been •
Gametes (sex cells) are formed by meiosis.
acquired by the gardener cutting off
some of each bush.
•
In meiosis, the DNA is copied before the
cell divides twice, so that the sex cell has
only one half of the DNA of a body cell/
5th 4 a Length of hand is a continuous one set of chromosomes.
variable, and so would be drawn
like chart D, grouping values and •
The DNA in different sex cells is different,
drawing the bars with no space depending on which half of the DNA they
between. receive from the body cell that produces
them.
5th b
Presence or absence of freckles
is a discontinuous variable and so Exam-style question
would be drawn like chart C, with
Some of the variation is due to differences in genes
gaps between the bars to show that
inherited from parents or through mutation, which
there is no continuity in the variable.
affect how well the body grows. (1) The rest of the
5th 5 a Range is the difference between the variation is due to differences in the environment,
highest and lowest values: such as differences in diet. (1)
7.9 – 2.0 = 5.9 cm.

22
Answers
Activity and Assessment Pack b A bar chart is best, because the values for
eye colour are discontinuous.
SB3k.2 Variation in data 3 a Bar chart (or histogram) with no gaps
1 a Continuous variation is shown in B, D, E, between bars should be drawn, with height
G, H and I. group on x- axis and frequency on y-axis.
b Discontinuous variation is shown in A, C (Note that technically a histogram should
and F. have frequency density on the y-axis and
not frequency).
c Genetic variation is shown in A, B, C, E, F,
G, H and I. b A bar chart (or histogram) with no gaps
between bars is best, because the values
d Environmental variation is shown in
for height are continuous.
B, E, F, G, H and I. (Note that some
characteristics are also affected by genes, c 1.76–1.79, because this is the group that
as shown in the answer to 1c.) is most common/contains most individuals
e Normal distribution is shown in B, F, G, H 4 The middle height group is the largest (the
and I. It might also occur in E, but the group modal value), and the further a value is from
sizes would need to be smaller to see this. the middle of the data set the fewer individuals
have that value.
2 Table C should be presented as a bar chart
with spaces between the bars, because the 5 eye colour, because eye colour runs in families
blood groups are discontinuous. Table H should and is not affected by changes in the environment
be presented as a bar chart or (histogram) 6 any suitable suggestion, such as a good diet
with no gaps between the bars, because the so that more bone and muscle can be formed
data for beak length are continuous. (Note that
technically a histogram should have frequency
density on the y-axis and not frequency).
SB3k.5 Twin studies – Homework 2
1 any suitable examples, such as:
SB3k.3 Variation – Strengthen • genetic variation – eye colour, natural hair
1 a hair colour, hair texture (wavy/straight), colour, leaf shape
hair length • environmental variation only – number
b natural hair colour, naturally straight hair of legs on a dog, hair length, presence/
absence of beard on adult man
c i hair dye
ii heating tongs • environmental and genetic – height,
weight, number of leaves on plant
iii cut, e.g. by scissors
2 100%, because they are produced by division
2 A mutation has changed the DNA in the gene of the fertilised egg
that causes brown hair so that it now codes for
white hair. 3 Each gamete contains half of the genes from
one parent, but different gametes may have
3 The change in the characteristic has been different halves. If the gametes that form each
caused by the environment. fertilised egg have the same half of genes,
4 In chart A, blood groups show discontinuous then they would be 100% similar; if they have
variation, because each group can only be one of different halves, then they would be 0% similar.
a fixed set of separate values. In chart B, human So 50% is the average value.
height shows continuous variation, because 4 a 50%
height can take any value in the range of heights
b 100%
in the group. Chart B is also a normal distribution,
as the data form a bell-shaped curve. This is 5 a iii
because the middle/median value in the data set b Variation due to the environment is as
is the most common (the modal value), and the likely to happen to fraternal twins as it is to
further a value is from the middle of the data set identical twins.
the fewer individuals have that value.
6 a autism, as it shows the greatest difference
in percentage of identical twins who both
SB3k.4 Variation – Homework 1 have it compared with fraternal twins who
1 discontinuous, because the values for eye both have it
colour are separate from one another b alcoholism in women, because it shows
2 a Bar chart should be drawn, with eye colour the smallest difference in percentage of
on x-axis and frequency on y-axis. The identical twins who both have it compared
bars should be separate from one another. with fraternal twins who both have it

23
Answers
7 Mutation causes changes in genes. Over
time, as body cells divide, some new cells will
contain mutations. Different mutations may
occur in the cells of the twins, so that the twins
become increasingly different.
8 Differences where numbers of pairs are largest
are the ones you can be most sure of, e.g.
alcoholism in males. This is because the larger
the sample size, the more that variation in the
mean due to chance is evened out.

24
Answers
SB4a Evidence for human this would mean they were both direct
ancestors of H. sapiens.
evolution
S1 • Scientists place fossils in order of date/age.
Student Book • They look for trends in the fossils such as
(one of, e.g., skull volume, stance, arm
5th 1 Pavo cristatus
length, height).
4th 2 a gradual change in the characteristics E1 People learn by experience and can pass on
of a species over time their knowledge by teaching others, rather
than having to learn from the start every
5th 3 two sensible suggestions based on
time. So tools could have improved by social
diagram B, such as modern human:
communication rather than just intelligence.
•
has a larger skull
•
has a skull with more bone above Exam-style question
the eye sockets Gaps in the fossil record (1) mean there are jumps
•
has shorter arms compared with the in the characteristics/cannot show a smooth set of
rest of its body changes in characteristics. (1)
•
is less hairy
•
walks upright Activity and Assessment Pack
•
is taller SB4a.1 Looking at human evolution
5th 4 Lucy had a bigger brain volume OR they 1 a Paranthropus robustus
probably did not walk in the same way/ b because the line that shows it becoming
different leg structures OR Lucy lacked a a species is lower down (i.e. older) on the
large, sticking out big toe. diagram than the line that shows Homo
habilis becoming a species
6th 5 Two from:
2 a Homo neanderthalensis
•
increasing brain volume
b Homo sapiens
•
increasing height
c chimpanzee
•
decreasing hair
d about 5 million years ago
•
decreasing arm length : body ratio
3 Ardipithecus ramidus
6th 6 a Stone tools were worked more to
produce a greater range of more 4 a Homo erectus
complex shapes that were suitable b They are much younger and so less
for more purposes. For example, likely to have been destroyed by earth/
old tools were mainly hand axes or geological movements/weathering/
scrapers, whereas Homo sapiens’ erosion. OR Homo erectus is a more
tools include arrowheads, spear recent species and had spread further,
tips, harpoons, etc. and so there were more of them that could
form fossils. Do not accept answers that
7th b Over time, the human-like species
suggest that younger species are more
developed finer skills/an increased
likely to form fossils than older ones.
level of learning/intelligence in more
modern species. 5 X – Australopithecus africanus
Y – Australopithecus afarensis
7 The timelines of Homo habilis and Homo
8th Z – Australopithecus anamensis
erectus overlap (between 1.4 and 1.8
million years ago). This weighs against 6 at the split point between Homo sapiens and
both species being direct ancestors Homo neanderthalensis; because it shares
of Homo sapiens, because that would characteristics with both of these species
imply that H. habilis evolved into H. 7 students’ own answers
erectus first.
However, if after the evolution of H. SB4a.2 Evolution of food technology
erectus from H. habilis, H. erectus lived
in different areas to H. habilis, and H. a Wood is more likely to rot away.
sapiens evolved from H. erectus in one b E 2 million years old; B 1 million years old;
area of its range before all the H. habilis C 200 000 years old; A 12 000 years old;
in other areas had become extinct, D 7000 years old

1
Answers
2 a The detail of the work gets greater, with 2 Homo erectus skull circled
more work needed to produce the finished
3 Homo sapiens
object. The most recent version also
requires attaching to a wooden handle. 4 a Ardi
b The tools get more and more sophisticated b right at the bottom, below Australopithecus
as the brains of human-like animals became afarensis
larger and more capable of finer skills.
5 a one of: cutting meat, grinding seeds,
3 Stone tools will not rot away, unlike the bodies scraping animal skins, spear/arrow/sharp
of animals (the forms of which will only be shape for killing animals (or other sensible
preserved if they are fossilised). suggestion)
4 deeper layers – because rocks build up in b They became more complex/showed
layers, with each newer layer forming on top of more work had gone into making them/
the older layers developed into a wide range of different
kinds.
5 a D because it includes wood (which was a
c by dating the layer of rock in which it is
living thing)
found
b Dating the rock that the tool is made from
d As the human-like species evolved, their
would produce a date for when that rock
skulls got bigger (in order to have room for
formed. Dating the sediment or rock in
bigger brains).
which the tool is found will produce a date
for when the tool was used.
c Two from:
SB4a.4 Human evolution
Homework 1
•
use potassium-40 dating
1 a–c diagram completed with Ardipithecus
•
to date the volcanic ash
ramidus labelled at the spot between 4
•
assume that the tools were used at
and 5 million years ago, Australopithecus
about the same time as the ash layer
afarensis below Homo habilis, and Homo
formed
erectus overlapping with the top of Homo
d Australopithecus afarensis (‘Lucy’) habilis and extending up towards modern
6 Oldowan – the oldest tools (>1.8 million humans
years), diagram E on the worksheet, probably 2 Homo habilis and Homo erectus
produced by Homo habilis
3 ‘Lucy’ labelled next to Australopithecus
Acheulean – c. 1.65 million to c. 100 000 years
afarensis and ‘Ardi’ labelled next to
ago, diagrams B and C on the worksheet,
Ardipithecus ramidus
generally with Homo erectus remains
Aurignacian – c. 45 000 to c. 35 000 years 4 Homo sapiens
ago, probably Homo sapiens 5 Homo habilis and Homo erectus
Mousterian – c. 300 000 to c. 30 000 years ago,
6 any suitable answer, such as the development
Homo neanderthalensis in Europe and Homo
of a large brain, the development of upright
sapiens in northern Africa and the Near East
walking
Microlithic – from c. 20 000 years ago until
development of metal tools, Homo sapiens 7 gaps in the fossil record
8 They became more carefully crafted and
SB4a.3 Evidence for human developed into a wide range of different kinds
evolution – Strengthen of tools. So, humans developed the knowledge
and skills over time to produce increasingly
1 a a gradual change in characteristics over useful tools for collecting food and making
time things.
b any sort of labelling that shows that the
oldest is the lowest skull, and the most SB4a.5 The ‘Hobbit’ human
modern is the one at the top
Homework 2
c The rock forms as layers of sediment
cover over existing layers; so the lower the 1 Two of:
layer, the older the rock. • It could be a species descended from
d one of: flatter face, taller skull, smaller jaw, Homo erectus.
larger skull, higher forehead • It could be a species evolved from Homo
e There are gaps in the fossil record. sapiens.

2
Answers
• It could be a deformed individual of either
Homo sapiens or Homo erectus. 9th 5 • Some animals by chance had
bigger ears (genetic variation).
• It could be a pygmy type of either species.
2 If the tools belonged to Homo floresiensis, then
• One place in which the common
ancestor lived started getting
the tools and burning show that the species warmer (environmental change).
was skilled with the making and use of tools
and fire. • The animals with bigger ears were
more likely to survive the heat than
3 a Larger brain size is generally considered animals with smaller ears (natural
to be related to higher intelligence in selection).
human-like species, apes and monkeys
(athough there is limited evidence for this).
• More of these individuals survived
and bred, so more animals had
b The complex tools may not have belonged larger ears (inheritance).
to Homo floresiensis and only the primitive
tools did, because the species may not
• Over time, the ears got bigger
and bigger, and eventually a new
have been intelligent enough to make the species formed (evolution).
complex ones.
7th 6 a application of warfarin
4 a makes this less likely, because all the
individuals would have had to have been 8th b
Some rats were naturally resistant
affected by the disease in the same way to warfarin (genetic variation).
b This helps to support the idea that all the
individuals were of the same type/variety/ 10th 7 Antibiotic resistance (evolution) only
breed of one species or a completely develops when there is a change in
separate species from what was found environment (addition of antibiotics)
before. causing natural selection to occur.
5 any suitable suggestion, such as finding S1 • environmental change: addition of antibiotic
complex tools that were definitely with a Homo
floresiensis skeleton
• genetic variation: some bacteria naturally
resistant to antibiotic
6 a any suitable explanation that indicates the • natural selection: only those resistant to
tools were not made by Homo floresiensis, antibiotic survive
such as they were left by individuals of
another human species that did not leave
• inheritance: the survivors breed and pass
on their variations to their offspring
behind any bones or other artefacts that
can be dated • evolution: the bacteria are now all resistant
b It is important to be aware of what is E1 • students suggest an environmental

not there as much as what is. So lack change (e.g. all the seed-making plants in
of artefacts does not mean that other an area die)
humans were not there. • students suggest a suitable genetic
c If a more ‘advanced’ human species made variation (e.g. some birds with narrower
the complex tools, then it suggests that beaks can reach into holes and pull out
Homo floresiensis was not as advanced in insects to feed on)
tool-making skills. • students describe natural selection of the
beaks and how it is passed down to the
next generations, leading to evolution
SB4b Darwin’s theory
Exam-style question
Student Book
•
There is genetic/inherited variation in the
5 th
1 one of: increase in size of ears, increase male butterflies or the butterflies mutate/
in body size, increase in skull volume have mutations. (1)
•
Therefore some male butterflies are
5th 2 any sensible answer, such as skull resistant/survive infection with
volume, length of trunk, length of tusks, Wolbachia. (1)
size of ears
•
These butterflies pass on the resistance to
their offspring. (1)
5 th
3 They can reach food in more different
areas (such as fruit higher up on trees). Do not accept answers that imply that the bacteria
change the butterflies, or that the butterflies ‘get
6th 4 Primelephas used to’ the bacteria, or that the butterflies ‘decide’
to evolve to become resistant to the bacteria.
3
Answers
Activity and Assessment Pack 2 a The sentences are in this order: D = 1,
B = 2, A = 3, C = 4, E = 5.
SB4b.1 Modelling antibiotic b evolution
resistance
3 a Some are naturally resistant to the
1 b normal distribution curve antibiotic; due to genetic variation/
inherited variation/their genes/DNA/
3 a no
genetic material.
b Keep throwing the die until the numbers are
b The resistant bacteria survive better;
high enough to get rid of all the bacteria.
the surviving bacteria reproduce; they
4 If people stop taking an antibiotic too early, it pass their genes/DNA/genetic material to
leaves resistant bacteria still alive; resistant their offspring; so the offspring are also
bacteria reproduce and spread; causing resistant and can grow.
infections that cannot be treated with the
antibiotic, because all the bacteria are now SB4b.4 Interpreting natural selection
resistant.
Homework 2
SB4b.2 Darwin’s theory – Strengthen 1 a genetic variation/inherited variations/
genes/DNA/genetic material/genetic
1 genes/genetic factors/DNA/genetic material factors
2 a They can hear danger/predators coming. b 100
b It is more easily seen by predators (when c 30%
young), OR it is more easily seen by its d 49%
prey and so cannot catch enough food.
e More snails with striped shells are found
3 a, b near the bases of the reed plants.
1 – Organisms have genetic variation. f Snails with stripes are better camouflaged
Some bacteria in a population are more near the bases of the reed plants and so
resistant to an antibiotic than others. are less likely to be eaten by predators. At
2 – The conditions in an area change. the tops of the reeds the striped snails will
Antibiotic is added to the population of tend to stand out more, so fewer are found
bacteria. there.
3–O rganisms that are better at coping 2 Should mention these points:
with the change survive better.
Organisms naturally vary (some
Some bacteria survive the antibiotic.
Palaeomastodon would have more hair).
4 – The survivors breed and pass on their
variations to their offspring. If an area got cold, those organisms with more
The survivors reproduce – numbers of hair would be better insulated.
more resistant bacteria increase. Organisms best suited to the environment are
5–N atural selection occurs over and over, more likely to survive and reproduce (natural
and the organisms evolve. selection for hairier animals).
Low levels of antibiotic remain, so The survivors pass on their characteristics
eventually all the bacteria are resistant. to their offspring, meaning that the next
4 Charles Darwin or Alfred Russel Wallace generation has a greater number of animals
with more hair.
SB4b.3 Natural selection and If the area remained cold, there would be
continual natural selection in favour of hairier
evolution – Homework 1
and hairier animals, and eventually the animals
1 a one from: they were eaten; they went to would become a new species with lots of hair.
another area; they died; the scientists
3 The whelks at Cable Bay are smaller and
could not capture all the moths and some
have less surface area. This makes them less
with dots escaped
likely to be swept off the rocks by the pounding
b black waves. (The key idea here is surface area.)
c It was better camouflaged while resting on
4 The farmers were using reasonably effective
the black buildings.
pesticides in the 1940s. However, over time,
d genetic variation/inherited variations/ more pests have evolved to become more
genes/DNA/genetic material/genetic resistant to the pesticides.
factors

4
Answers
SB4c Development of 3 Darwin getting Wallace’s letter (1858)
Darwin’s theory 4 Darwin writing about his idea and

publishing a paper with Wallace (1858)
Student Book 5 Darwin finishing writing his book with
4th 1 Española mockingbird (B) has a longer ideas about the pentadactyl limb (1858)
beak / more curved beak / is greyer / 6 Darwin publishing On the Origin of
darker / has a different pattern of Species (1859)
colouration on the breast compared with
the Santiago mockingbird (A). E1 Malthus’ idea was the struggle for survival
if there were too many children with limited
7th 2 natural selection resources; Darwin and Wallace both took
this idea and thought that it would apply to
8th 3 because it went against the accepted animals too; they wondered what it was that
idea at the time; which was that a ‘god’ made some individuals survive and others not;
had created all the species on Earth; they both hit on the idea that by chance some
and that a species’ characteristics could individuals had variations in their features that
not change made them better able to cope with conditions
than others; this is natural selection
9th 4 beetles that had, by chance, a body
colour that made them less likely to be
Exam-style question
seen; would be more likely to survive;
and reproduce; and so pass on the body A description that includes three of the following
colour; eventually all the tiger beetles in points: pentadactyl limb; all contain joints in similar
the area would have that body colour positions; they all have ‘fingers’/digits; all have one
upper limb bone/humerus; all have two lower limb
8th 5 Darwin was collecting evidence; bones/radius and ulna (3)
because he knew his idea was
controversial and so had to have a well- Activity and Assessment Pack
supported case
SB4c.1 Darwin’s finches
7th 6 any two similarities from: they contain
joints in similar positions; they all have 1 Explanation demonstrating an understanding of:
‘fingers’; they all have one upper limb • beak shape/size is related to food source
bone; they all have two lower limb
bones any two differences: the bones
• when finches first arrive on an island some
by chance will have beaks that allow them
are different shapes; some of the bones to get more food than others
have fused in some animals
• those are more likely to survive
10th 7 Darwin’s idea got scientists thinking • particularly if the food source is in short
about why some organisms by chance supply
had better adaptations for a certain
set of conditions than others. So they
• which will increase competition
went on to look for the reasons why • the surviving birds are more likely to
reproduce and have offspring that also
organisms varied and how this variation
have beaks that allow them to get more
was generated.
food
10th 8 organisms evolve from others, they are • this process repeats and repeats until
not created independently; so organisms all the birds have beaks that are better
with similar structures will have evolved matched to the food source
from the same ancestor a long time
ago; and will share some of the features
• after a period of time, the population may
have changed so much that it has evolved
inherited from that ancestor (although into a different species.
other features will have changed due to
natural selection) 2 Against Cuvier: here is a set of organisms
that clearly shows a gradual change/variation
S1 time line showing: between different populations of finches.
1 Darwin in the Galapagos (1835) thinking
about mockingbirds
2 Darwin reading Malthus (1838) and
coming up with his theory

5
Answers
Against Lamarck: We could think of birds with SB4c.3 Development of evolution
small beaks using them to crack large nuts
theory – Strengthen
so that the beaks grow and become stronger.
However, this cannot work in reverse – if the 1 Note that the answer below is presented in
birds didn’t use their beaks to feed they would year order.
die – their beaks wouldn’t shrink. Year Event
SB4c.2 The pentadactyl limb 1831 Darwin sets sail on H.M.S

Beagle.
1 one upper bone (humerus), two bones in the
1835 Darwin notices differences
lower part (radius and ulna), several (usually
between the mockingbirds from
five) ‘fingers’ or carpals
different Galapagos Islands.
2 Students are only expected to make two 1838 Darwin reads an essay that
suggestions for each limb. More than two are talks about a struggle for
suggested for each here. survival if people have too
a whale steering and stopping: the digits many children.
form wide paddle-shapes (to increase 1840s Darwin slowly writes On the
water resistance), the limb bones are thick Origin of Species.
to make them strong (and cope with the
force of water against them), some of the 1858 Wallace writes to Darwin with
bones in the digits have reduced (because the same idea.
they are not used independently), the limb 1858 Darwin and Wallace publish a
bones are short (to make the limbs more joint scientific paper.
maneuverable) 1859 Darwin publishes his book,
b human, reaching out and grasping: the including evidence from studies
thumb digit is ‘opposable’ (to grab hold of of the pentadactyl limbs of
objects), the digits are long (so that they vertebrates.
can wrap around objects), the arm bones 2 genetic analysis
are long (to allow reaching out), flexible
joints (to allow a full range of movement, 3 a limb that ends in five digits
including reaching out and pulling back in) 4 Thomas Malthus
c bat, flying: the limb bones and digits are
reduced in width (to reduce their weight for SB4c.4 Evolving ideas
flying), the digits are extended (to allow a
greater amount of wing membrane to be Homework 1
carried), the digits are fused (for strength, 1 a (Charles) Darwin, (Alfred Russel) Wallace
to support the wing membrane), flexible b natural selection
joints (allow the wings to be folded)
c starvation/lack of food/lack of resources
3 If the vertebrates had come to life d
independently you would expect them to each
have differently designed limbs. Order Event
1 individuals in a population of a species
4 a from top to bottom: E, C, D, A, B
vary slightly in their characteristics
b
6 over a period of time the proportion
• The genes of two difference species of individuals with the advantageous
are very similar. characteristics in the population will
• The evolutionary trees constructed increase and increase
using genetic analysis usually match 5 surviving organisms pass on the
those constructed from looking at advantageous characteristics to their
differences in characteristics. offspring
3 there is competition for survival
between the organisms due to limited
resources
4 variations that allow greater success
at obtaining resources make some
individuals more likely to survive
2 organisms produce more offspring than
will survive
6
Answers
e The population is stable/constant/is not different on either side of the barrier, the
increasing. The birds produce many populations will slowly evolve characteristics
eggs/offspring but some will not survive that make them better adapted to those
and so the population does not grow. conditions (and so develop eventually into
(Some students may point out that lack of different species).
resources in this one area may also mean
4 Convergent evolution is when two unrelated
that some offspring move to other areas.
species evolve similar characteristics, due
This is correct but the question asked
to having to cope with similar conditions.
them to explain the pattern in terms of
Divergent evolution is when two populations of
Malthus’ idea.)
the same species evolve into separate species
2 If the vertebrates had come to life with different characteristics, due to being in
independently you would expect them different conditions (and becoming separated
to each have differently designed limbs. by a natural barrier of some description). Some
students may have given examples, such
3 Any suitable answer that mentions how
as Darwin’s finches for divergent evolution
scientists have gone on to work out how
and the wings of insects, bats and birds (or
variation is caused (e.g. genes, genetic
the spines of echidnas and hedgehogs) for
analysis).
convergent evolution.
SB4c.5 Darwin and Wallace

1 a SB4d Classification
• Species all evolved from one another/ Student Book
from common ancestors.
1 a animal
• One species can evolve into several 5th
others.
6th b
Loxodonta
b A straight line should be drawn containing
the letters A to D, indicating that species 6th c
Loxodonta africana
arise in a linear fashion one after the
other. 4th 2 Bats and birds both have wings.
2 a two from: comparing characteristics 5th 3 a It has a cat-shaped body OR other
between existing organisms, comparing relevant observation.
characteristics of fossils, comparing
6th b
fossil evidence showing a different
the DNA/genes of existing organisms,
evolutionary pathway
comparing DNA/genes extracted from
some fossils, comparing biochemistry of 6th 4 a because they can photosynthesise/
existing organisms (Note: students are not make their own food OR because they
expected to mention or know about either look similar to plants in some ways
of the last two. They are included here for OR because they have cell walls
completeness and to open up possible
6th b
They do not have cell walls made
discussion or ideas for independent
of cellulose/they lack roots/xylem/
research.)
phloem tissue.
b A. It is has a shape that will cut through
water. / It does not have a shape that will 7th 5 Eukarya and Archaea, because on
allow standing on it. diagram D the place where Eukarya
c three from: all have digits/fingers/ and Archaea split is higher up/closer to
phalanges, all have similar bones/radius/ Eukarya/Archaea than the place where
ulna/carpals/bone structure, all have Eukarya and Bacteria split.
humerus/upper arm bone, pentadactyl
7th 6 looking at the DNA/genes/genetic
limb
material of an organism and seeing how
d common ancestor it is constructed
e There is a better fossil record for whale
evolution than for hippopotamus evolution. 9th 7 All animals have cells that contain nuclei
(a distinguishing feature of Eukarya).
3 The two populations are less likely to come
into contact with one another because they 9th 8 It has been found that some of their
have been separated. Therefore there will not genes are not like those of other
be transfer of genes/alleles/characteristics prokaryotes (and are more like those
between the two. If conditions are slightly of organisms in the Eukarya domain).

7
Answers
Archaea also have genes that contain 3 a They both lack nuclei.
unused pieces of DNA, which is the b They have differences in their genes.
same as is found in Eukarya but not in c Bacteria
bacteria.
S1 • similarities between (observable) SB4d.3 Classification – Extend
characteristics
1 a They both lack nuclei.
• genes/DNA/genetic material
b They have differences in their genes.
E1 Archaea looked like prokaryotes under the c Archaea
microscope (and so no-one could tell that
Archaea were different to other prokaryotes). 2 a chloroplasts
Genetic analysis showed that there were b one or more of: no large permanent
differences between Archaea and Bacteria vacuole; no cell wall (the layer covering
due to differences in DNA/genes. the cell surface membrane is made of
proteins); it is single-celled
Exam-style question c protists
Microscopes allowed scientists to separate organisms d Eukarya, because the cell has a nucleus
on the basis of what their cells looked like. (1)
e looking at the structure of the genes/ DNA/
Genetic analysis allows scientists to place genetic material of an organism
organisms in groups based on their DNA/their
f Genetic analysis would have revealed
evolution. (1)
greater similarity of genes to those of
other members of the protist kingdom than
Activity and Assessment Pack to members of the plant kingdom.
SB4d.1 Kingdoms and domains
SB4d.4 Classification, kingdoms and
1 A – plants (daffodil), B – fungi (mushroom),
C – protists (Paramecium), D – protists domains – Homework 1
(Spirogyra), E – animals (horse), F – plants 1 a fungi
(dodder, which is a parasitic plant), b animals
G – prokaryotes (Salmonella bacterium),
c prokaryotes
H – prokaryotes (a type of Archaean called
Methanocaldococcus jannaschii – classified as d plants
a prokaryote in the five kingdom system). e animals
I – fungi (yeast) f protists
2 A, B, C, D, E, F and I – Eukarya, G – Bacteria, 2 a two groups: (i) blackbird and robin;
H – Archaea (ii) gorilla, lion and tiger
3 because genetic analysis has shown that some b skin covering (feathers), or number of
single-celled organisms that look like bacteria limbs, or presence of beak, or other
have genes which are much more like those of sensible suggestion
plants/animals/Eukarya than other bacteria
c species
d Panthera
SB4d.2 Classification – Strengthen
3 a They did not have nuclei.
1 genetic analysis, observing characteristics
b Genetic analysis means examining
2 a, b X – plants – cells contain chloroplasts/ the genes/ DNA/genetic material; the
large permanent vacuole/ cellulose cell structure of the genes was different in the
wall, Y – animals – cells have no cell wall, organisms.
Z – prokaryotes (accept bacteria) – no
c Eukarya
nucleus/no mitochondria/no organelles/
plasmids/flexible cell wall/cell wall not
made of cellulose SB4d.5 Five kingdoms, three
c Equus domains – Homework 2
d protists or fungi 1 a plants, animals
e They are divided into smaller and smaller b One distinctive feature of members of
groups; based on characteristics; the the plant kingdom (e.g. their cells contain
smaller groups contain organisms that are chloroplasts, cell walls made of cellulose,
more closely related/more similar. large permanent vacuole) AND one

8
Answers
distinctive feature of members of the
animal kingdom (e.g. their bodies contain 8th 3 two sensible suggestions for good
nervous systems, cells do not have cell characteristics in wheat (e.g. large
walls). grains, lots of grain, grain stays on the
plant, resistance to diseases)
2 presence of a nucleus, because they can both
be single-celled and have cell walls, and they 10th 4 • Wild cabbage plants with more
overlap in size swollen stems are used to breed.
3 a They grow in the ground/look a bit like • Of the offspring, those that have the
plants/have stem-like structures. most swollen stems are used to breed.
b They cannot photosynthesise/make their • This process is repeated over and
own food. over again.
4 prokaryote – they are too small to be fungi or 7th 5 • Blindness in poorer parts of the
protists world is often caused by vitamin A
deficiency.
5 a because they look so similar
b genetic analysis (or a description of • The body needs beta-carotene to
make vitamin A.
genetic analysis)
c They have evolved similar features to • Golden Rice is a good source of
beta-carotene.
cope with the same environmental
conditions. 10th 6 • sensible suggestion of a useful
6 Organisms that lacked nuclei used to characteristic (e.g. disease
be grouped together as one kingdom resistance, faster growth, high yield,
(prokaryotes); but if some of the organisms novel products)
have different genes/a different gene structure, • explanation of why that would appeal
then they should be in a different group; since to a farmer in terms of money (e.g.
they have characteristics of plants and animals less pesticide is needed, which is
and of bacteria, they need to be placed in a expensive) and/or protection of the
separate group between the two. environment (e.g. less pesticide is
spread onto the surrounding land)
7 a Bacteria
b Archaea 10th 7 (1) by selective breeding
c Eukarya •
Cows that naturally have more
d Eukarya lysozyme in their milk are used
to breed.
e Eukarya
f Bacteria •
Of the offspring, those that
have the most lysozyme in their
8 They do not contain peptidoglycan but another milk are used to breed.
substance called pseudopeptidoglycan or
pseudomurein.
•
This process is repeated over
and over again.
(2) by genetic engineering

SB4e Breeds and varieties • putting human genes for
lysozyme production into the
Student Book cattle genome
8th 1 two sensible suggestions for good
11th 8 Selective breeding is used to select
characteristics in cattle (e.g. fast growth,
certain genomes and make them more
good tasting meat, high milk yield,
common. Genetic engineering changes
resistance to diseases, large size)
the actual genes in an organism.
9th 2 • Goats that naturally produce more S1 • genetically engineer bacteria/farm
milk are used to breed. mammals/plants
• Of the offspring, those that produce
• using the gene for human Factor VIII
the most milk are used to breed.
• extract the Factor VIII from the bacteria/
• This process is repeated over and the milk of the mammals/plants
over again.

9
Answers
E1 Similarities, e.g. they both create new breeds/ 3 a C, A, D, B
varieties, they are both used to increase b they have all been selectively bred; for
profits. Differences, e.g. selective breeding different purposes
is an ancient technique, selective breeding is
much slower, selective breeding can be carried
out by farmers themselves, selective breeding
SB4e.3 Breeds and varieties
is much cheaper. Homework 1
1 a selective breeding
Exam-style question
b selection for many side buds
The gene for silk was taken from a spider. (1) c selection for large flower heads
The gene was inserted into the genome of d Brassica
a goat. (1)
e Brassica oleracea
f Choose two plants that have swollen
stems and breed them together; select
SB4e.1 Investigating fruit varieties the offspring that have the most swollen
stems; use the offspring with the most
1 students’ own results tables swollen stems to breed with other plants
2 a depends on fruits used – most NaOH with swollen stems; repeat the previous
added steps until the plants have very swollen
stems.
b depends on fruits used – least NaOH
added g increase the amount of useful product
(obtainable from the plant)
3 the sweetest one
2 two from: larger size, less hairy, smaller teeth,
4 selective breeding: choose sweet oranges; smaller tail, less vicious
breed them together; select the sweetest
offspring; breed them together; repeat these 3 a The plants would produce larger grains.
steps until you have an orange of the required b two sensible suggestions, such as:
sweetness disease resistance, large number of
grains, easy to turn/mill into flour, good
5 any sensible suggestions, e.g. seedless, easy
taste, short/sturdy (to stop wind blowing
to peel, lots of juice, good flavour
the plants over)
6 a sensible suggestion, such as repeating the c genetic engineering/genetic modification
results for each type of fruit
b explanation linked to choice of suggestion SB4e.4 Producing new breeds and
in part a, such as to take account of
random error / be more sure that the varieties – Homework 2
results are correct (some fruits may by 1 (i) selective breeding: breed very dark red/
chance be a great deal sweeter/less sweet purple roses together; select the darkest;
than average) breed them with other very dark roses;
repeat this process
SB4e.2 Breeds and varieties (ii) use genetic engineering; to insert a gene
Strengthen for black flowers into a rose
1 a genetic engineering 2 a Different chickens are used for different

things (e.g. eggs or meat); and are suited
b They contain the human gene for insulin.
to different conditions (e.g. inside, free
c two of: cheaper to produce; does not range).
involve killing animals; suitable for vegans;
b If they start laying eggs earlier, they will
suitable for religions who do not eat beef
lay more eggs during the course of their
or pork; does not cause allergies
lives.
2 a A GMO is a genetically modified organism; c People are more conscious of fat in the
GMOs usually contain genes from other diet.
species; the tomato contains genes from a
bacterium; therefore the tomato is a GMO. 3 increase the amount of useful product
(obtainable from the plant or animal)
b two sensible suggestions, e.g.: red colour,
slow to rot, size, taste, insect resistance

10
Answers
4 a Sexual reproduction produces variety (so S1 suitable table layout and content, such as:
the characteristic that is desirable may be
lost); and takes too long. Use Advantage of tissue
culture over traditional
b They do not need GMO on the label
breeding
because they have not had a gene from
another organism added to the genome. produce many Traditional breeding will
identical plants result in variation in the
5 At least one similarity and one difference given. plants produced, not
Similarity: an agent/factor selects certain identical plants.
characteristics, causes ‘evolution’ of produce plants Traditional breeding will
characteristics quickly take longer because
Difference: agent of selection is different, the flowers have to be
artificial selection does not necessarily fertilised, seeds formed
improve a plant’s ability to survive in the wild, and the new plants
artificial selection of characteristics results in grown. In tissue culture
faster ‘evolution’, artificial selection selects a new plants are grown
narrower range of characteristics from small numbers of
6 Gloucestershire Old Spot is a breed that cells, which is quicker.
produces very fatty meat. It used to be produce virus-free Traditional breeding
popular when pig fat (lard) was used a lot for plants might also produce
cooking. Fatty meat was more popular before virus-free plants if
refrigerators became commonplace, because the male and female
fattier meat takes longer to go off. Since the gametes are virus-free,
Second World War, refrigerators have become but this will take longer
more common, people are more likely to cook than using tissue culture.
with vegetable oil, and people are more aware of produce plants Traditional breeding
the health impacts of eating too much animal fat. difficult to grow involves producing
from seed seeds and so is not
suitable for growing
SB4f Tissue culture these plants.
Student Book produce clones of Traditional breeding
GM plants will result in variation
6th 1 a any suitable example, such as to in the plants produced,
produce synthetic organs so some offspring will
not contain the gene
6th b
any suitable example, such as to inserted into the parent
produce many identical plants plant.
7th 2 They are formed by mitosis in which produce many There are usually only
each cell receives identical copies of the plants of a few individuals of an
genes of the parent cell. endangered endangered species
species (and some plants have
8th 3 Sexual reproduction would produce separate sexes on
variation in the offspring, which means different individuals), so
some might not receive the gene traditional breeding is
inserted into the cells of the parent plant. likely to be more difficult
than tissue culture, and
7th 4 to kill any microorganisms so they won’t may not produce as
damage the developing plants many individuals.
8th 5 Stem cells from the patient could be
placed on a bladder-shaped structure,
and then encouraged to form epithelial
cells to cover the structure.
9th 6 It is easier to see what’s happening

inside the cells, and how the medicine
is affecting the cells and the disease/
pathogens in them. It also means the
medicine can be tested without risking
the health of people or animals.

11
Answers
S2 Animals: Separate the cells from a small piece
of tissue by mashing or using enzymes.
Use Advantage of using
tissue culture Prepare a solid or liquid growth medium
produce artificial Replaces a damaged containing sugars and nutrients.
organs using a organ. The immune Pour a thin layer of cells onto a sterile solid
patient’s own cells system won’t attack medium, or suspend the cells in a sterile liquid
the organ because it medium.
recognises the cells from
the body. Store the cells in a warm place to encourage
cell division and growth.
studying how cells The thin layer of cells
work makes it easier to see 2 a Sugars are a source of energy for the
what’s happening inside cells/broken down during respiration
the cells. to release energy for processes in cell
growth.
studying how viruses Viruses need to get into
affect cells cells to replicate and b This prevents the growth of contaminating
cause problems for the microorganisms which would spoil the
cell. culture.
studying how Tissue culture produces c This is to encourage photosynthesis in
cancerous cells work many cells of the same differentiating leaf cells.
kind, including cancerous
cells. 3 P: produces many identical individuals with
desirable characteristics
studying how new Tests how medicine gets
medicines work into and affects cells P: produces individuals from species that do
without risking harm to not grow well from seed(e.g. orchids)
humans or test animals.
A: can be used for testing new medicines
E1 Tissue culture produces culture of cells used without risking live animals or people
in test. The cells are infected with the virus
P/A: makes it easier to study how disease
because viruses only replicate when inside
affects the way cells work
cells. A vaccine developed using the virus can
see how cells respond/attack the virus without P: can be used to produce many individuals of
causing harm to the cells. endangered species
A: can be used to produce replacement human
Exam-style question
organs
any suitable advantage, such as: plant breeding
– produce plants that don’t grow easily from seed, SB4f.3 Tissue culture – Strengthen
produce virus-free plants, produce many plants
of endangered species, produce large numbers 1 to produce many plants quickly - breeding 
of identical plants quickly (max. 1); medicine – takes time for fertilisation, formation of seed
produce synthetic organs to replace damaged etc., tissue culture  faster as grown from a
ones, study the effect of possible new medicines, few cells
study how cells work (max. 1) to produce plants that are difficult to grow
from seed - breeding  involves fertilisation
Activity and Assessment Pack and making seed, tissue culture  grows new
plants without the need for seeds
SB4f.2 Tissue culture card sort
to produce many identical plants with desirable
1 Plants: Take a tiny piece of plant tissue from a characteristics - breeding  variation in
rapidly growing area. offspring, tissue culture  no variation
Prepare a solid medium containing sugars, to conserve endangered plant species -
nutrients and growth hormones. breeding  needs at least one male and one
Place the tiny piece of tissue on the sterile female, tissue culture  can produce new
solid medium. plants from just one individual
Store in a warm place in bright light to to produce clones of genetically modified (GM)
encourage cell division, growth and plants - breeding  some offspring will not
differentiation. contain new gene, tissue culture  all offspring
contain new gene

12
Answers
2 (will depend on which words student is b any two from: sugars for respiration (as
unsure of) a source of energy); nutrients needed
for making new cell structures; growth
3 to study how cells work > a thin layer of cells
hormone to encourage cells to differentiate
makes it easier to see what’s happening inside
the cells c Sterilisation kills microorganisms that will
grow on the growth medium and plant
to produce an artificial organ using a patient’s
tissue and destroy the explant.
own cells > replaces a damaged organ without
causing the immune system to attack and d warmth to encourage rapid cell division,
destroy the new one and bright light for photosynthesis in
developing leaves to provide further food
to study how viruses affect cells > viruses
for growth
need to get into cells to replicate and cause
problems for the cell 2 a It produces many new plants quickly that
are identical and so all contain the new
to study how cancer cells work > produces
gene.
many cells of the same kind, including cancer
cells b any suitable example such as: to produce
new plants from species that don’t
to study how new medicines affect cells >
easily produce seed; to produce many
tests how medicine gets into and affects cells
new identical plants that have desirable
without risking harm to humans or animals
characteristics faster than normal breeding
SB4f.4 Tissue culture – Homework 1 c producing seed involves meiosis and

fertilisation, so embryo might not contain
1 a All microorganisms have been killed. the new gene
b by placing in a sterilising solution for a few 3 a The cells will be identical and so should
minutes, such as SDICN or bleach give better results from the tests.
c If the microorganisms aren’t killed, they b avoids the risk of harm to people or
will grow quickly on the medium and animals from testing something unknown
destroy the growing plant. on them
d any suitable suggestion and reason such c any suitable example with explanation,
as: sugar/glucose for respiration; nutrients such as: studying how healthy or diseased
needed to make new cell structures; cells work because it is easier to see what
growth hormone to encourage cell is happening inside the cells
differentiation into leaf and root cells
4 Cell culture produces large numbers of
e warmth and brightness identical cells. These cells will produce large
2 Correct: amounts of the same kind of antibody.
produces many new plants faster than normal
breeding
produces new plants from one parent plant in SB4g Genes in agriculture and
plant conservation medicine
produces new plants from species that don’t
easily produce seeds Student Book
3 a any suitable suggestion, such as for 8th 1 an organism that has had its genes/
testing new medicines, studying how genome changed artificially (usually
healthy or diseased cells work by the insertion of gene(s) from other
b explanation matching suggestion in part a, organisms) (Ensure that students do not
such as: easier to see what is happening simply write out what GMO stands for.)
inside the cell, testing on cells avoids
7th 2 a a different form of a gene
harming people or animals
9th b
If an allele is lost from a species it
SB4f.5 Tissue culture – Homework 2 may never be used again. The allele
may cause a variation that is useful
1 a A tiny piece of the cauliflower was cut off
in the future (if conditions change).
and then placed in sterilising solution
(e.g. SDICN or bleach) to sterilise it.

13
Answers
ripen at the same time/be the same
9th 3 • All the plants were the same/had height (for mechanised harvesting).
the same alleles.
(z) Risk: a sudden change in conditions
• So the disease affected/killed all the (including diseases) may damage or
plants. kill all the plants/too much of the same
• And people did not have enough to variety planted around the world may
eat. lead to the loss of some varieties/the
variety is too expensive.
9th 4 • to preserve as many alleles/
• Conclusion: a farmer will need to balance
varieties as possible
the benefit(s) with the risk(s) to make a
• because they may be useful in the decision.
future
A marking scheme for this question might run to
6th 5 a It contains beta-carotene needed to 3 marks: 1 mark for making a point in each of
make vitamin A/may help to solve the categories x, y and z. There are no marks for
vitamin A deficiency. outlining the argument or for the conclusion.
10th b •
It contains genes that are not E1 • restriction enzymes cut DNA
from rice plants. • and leave jagged/staggered/sticky ends/
•
These genes may get into ends consisting of unpaired bases
wild plants (if the rice plants • the same restriction enzyme always
reproduce with wild varieties). leaves the same ends
•
We do not know what the • if different restriction enzymes are used,
consequences of these genes the ends on the section of DNA from the
in other organisms will be. chromosome and on the plasmid DNA will
be different
10th 6 • The wild plants may become weeds
• and so they will not pair up
that would not be killed by the
herbicide. Exam-style question
• Farmers would therefore have weeds
A description including two of the following:
in their crop (which would reduce yield).
• Hence they would have to use • cheaper
different, maybe more harmful, • suitable for vegans, strict vegetarians and
weedkillers. people who do not eat pork or beef for
religious reasons
9th 7 a flow chart showing
• not dependent on availability of animals/
•
cutting of human insulin gene more availability/consistent supply/
and cutting of plasmid in parallel dependable supply
using restriction enzymes
• animals not killed
•
insulin gene section and open
plasmid are mixed together Activity and Assessment Pack
•
ligase used to join them
SB4g.1 Recombinant DNA
• plasmid placed into bacteria
1 Order of cards is: E, D, G, A, C, B, F.
8th b
plasmid
2 students’ diagrams
S1 The command word ‘discuss’ requires students 3 students’ own answers
to pick out the situation or argument in the
question, explore all aspects of it, investigate it SB4g.2 Benefits and risks
and come to a conclusion.
The cards can be matched up as below, but note
•
Argument – whether or not to plant a large
that some of the risks can be applied to more than
area with single variety of wheat that will
one context, and students may use the cards in this
do well in that area
manner. Equally, students should be encouraged
•
Exploration and investigation to add their own knowledge to their evaluations.
(x) All the plants will be very similar. The sentences in brackets contain further points
that students may have made in summing up
(y) Benefit: the farmer knows all the plants
their evaluations. Students are expected to have
will grow well/produce a good yield/
presented their work in paragraphs.

14
Answers
Golden Rice is a GMO that produces beta- • low proportions of bone and fat
carotene, which people need to make vitamin A.
• other varieties/breeds with certain
• help people in parts of the world where characteristics (caused by alleles) are no
deficiency diseases are a problem longer used and so may die out
• some people worry that GM foods may cause (Beef that has less fat is better for people’s health.
health problems We need to have more different breeds in use
(There is no evidence of health problems from GM otherwise some alleles that may be useful in the
foods, so we should let people in poorer parts of future may disappear for ever.)
the world farm Golden Rice. GM technology is too Genetic engineering has allowed the creation of
new, and we need to do more testing on whether plants that are resistant to certain herbicides.
GM foods affect health before giving them to
farmers at risk of vitamin A deficiency, otherwise • makes it easy to kill all the weeds in a field and
not the crop
their health may deteriorate even further.)
GM bacteria can produce human insulin (which
• cross-breeding with wild organisms may
produce new varieties/breeds with harmful
people with type 1 diabetes need). results
• makes a product that is now cheap and easy (Easy killing of weeds allows a farmer to make
to obtain more money. Weeds may cross-breed with crop
• molecule is slightly different from the molecule plants and so become resistant to the herbicides, or
found in humans, causing severe joint pain in the crops themselves may become weeds.)
some people
(If someone develops joint pain with the GM- SB4g.3 Genes in agriculture and
produced insulin, they can just take another form medicine – Strengthen
of insulin. The bacteria may escape and produce
other bacteria that then cause problems.) 1 B – The variety is easy to harvest (all the
plants will be ripe at the same time).
Almost half the bananas grown for trade are
selectively bred Cavendish bananas. B – The variety will grow well in a certain area.
• tasty and easy to grow R – Not all local animals may survive if only
• using one variety/breed in an area means that one type of crop is planted.
all the organisms are at risk from the same R – A change in weather conditions may mean
disease that all the plants die.
(We should concentrate on cultivating bananas
R – The arrival of a disease that affects one
that are easy to grow so that poor farmers can
plant will kill all the others.
make money. We need to plant more different
varieties to stop the spread of disease.) B – The variety produces good, tasty food that
32% of the UK’s beef cattle are a breed called people want to buy.
British Limousin, first imported from France in 1971.
2
Selective breeding Genetic engineering
a Border collie dogs, which have been used for a couple 3
of hundred years to herd sheep, thanks to their energy,
stamina and ability to obey instructions
b Dishley Longhorn cattle, created by Robert Bakewell 3
(1725–1795), famous for their meat
c pigs with trotters (feet) that glow green when ultraviolet 3
light is shone at them
d type of bacterium that produces insulin (used by 3
people with type 1 diabetes)
e variety of apple tree that is resistant to a disease called 3 3
fire blight
f tobacco plant that produces a vaccine against a virus 3
that causes a type of human flu
g variety of wheat grown by the Romans that produced 3
many large wheat grains

15
Answers
3 a short legs, so that it is small enough to fit breast muscle that they cannot stand up or
into animal holes OR long thin body to fit dogs with weak spines/breathing difficulties
into animal holes c balanced reply must contain one point in
b long spine is at risk of injury favour (such as we could more carefully
control what characteristics to add to
4 one sensible suggestion as to why people are
an organism, making sure that other
against GMOs, e.g.:
characteristics are not compromised,
• reproduce with wild plants to produce new or we can develop new organisms that
types of plants with unexpected effects can do useful things that they have not
• eating them may cause health problems in been able to do in the past, or genetic
humans/wildlife engineering is much quicker than selective
breeding) and one point against (such as
SB4g.4 Pros and cons of breeds and genetic engineering itself has unknown
consequences when you alter a genome
varieties – Homework 1 or when that GM organism is introduced
1 genetic engineering – altering the genome of into the wild, or genetic engineering is very
an organism by adding genes from another expensive)
species
3 a restriction enzyme
genome – all the DNA in an organism
b HpaI, because it does not produce sticky
artificial selection – when people only choose ends
organisms with certain characteristics to breed
c so that the sticky ends match; so the DNA
yield – the amount of useful product that you can be joined up again
can get from something
d diagram similar to diagram D in the
allele – a different version of a gene Student Book CB4e Genes in agriculture
2 a one of: thick set (to attach equipment); and medicine
strong/muscular (to pull farm equipment); e one of: cheaper; easier; does not rely on
large feet (to stop heavy horse sinking into human donations (so more reliable supply)
wet earth) f may not be exactly the same as the real
b We now use machinery. human molecule, and so can cause side-
c so that their characteristics/alleles effects
are preserved in case we need those 4 students’ own views, containing points for and
characteristics/alleles in the future against the idea, with a summary sentence
3 All the pistachio trees were the same variety; stating their view based on the evidence
so huge numbers of trees were affected.
4 one of: SB4h GM and agriculture
• they think that the plants will breed with
Student Book
wild plants and produce new plants with
unknown effects;
6th 1 Herbivorous insects eat parts of crop
• they think that the rice from the plants may
plants and reduce the yield that is
cause problems for humans/wildlife;
harvested.
• they are against big companies making
profits out of poor farmers 7th 2 The larva burrows into the stalk where
it grows for several months. Here it is
SB4g.5 GM vs selective breeding protected from any insecticides sprayed
onto the crop.
Homework 2
1 so that their characteristics/alleles 9th 3 The gene for the toxin was cut out from
are preserved in case we need those Bacillus thuringiensis. It was transferred
characteristics/alleles in the future into the chromosome of a plant cell,
using a vector. The plant cell was then
2 a comment in support that contains one treated to divide and grow into a plant.
good point, such as: selective breeding has
allowed more people to have more food 9th 4 The Bt toxin will be made by any cell in
b sometimes selective breeding for a certain the plant, even those inside the stalk.
characteristic causes problems for an So the stalk borer larva will eat the toxin
animal, such as chickens that have so much when it is eating the plant. Other insects
that don’t eat the plant will be unharmed.

16
Answers
Exam-style question
7th
5 a Only pests that eat the crop plants
will die, other species and their
The gene for Bt toxin, which is poisonous to insects
that eat it, is taken from the bacterium (1) and
predators will not be affected, which
inserted into a vector that inserts the gene into the
means there is a more limited effect
nucleus of the plant cell, so that the cell produces
on the food web.
the toxin. (1) The cell is treated to make it multiply
7th b
Spraying with pesticide for one pest and develop into a plant. (1)
often kills others. If the farmer isn’t
spraying insecticide on a GM crop,
then aphid numbers could rise more
rapidly than the numbers of insect SB4h.2 GM papaya production
predators.
1 a Most of the non-GM variety (Sunrise)
7th 6 a Advantages: the yield and profit are plants became infected with the virus over
greater; the amount of pesticide the first six months of 1996. None of the
used is lower; and its cost is less. GM variety (Rainbow) were infected over
Disadvantage: production cost the whole year.
(usually due to higher seed cost) is
b The GM variety contained a gene that
greater.
made them resistant to the virus so they
9th b
As the yield is greater, the farmer couldn’t become infected.
will earn more money when he sells
his crop, though profit will be slightly c Both varieties were grown in the same
reduced by the increased cost of fields and so would have grown under the
seed. The profit will also be greater same conditions.
because the farmer uses less 2 a Production decreased from over 25 000 kg
pesticide. in 1992–1994 to around 16 000 kg in 1997
8th c
The yield would fall because the and 1998.
insects would damage the crop b The mass of papaya produced increased
more. The farmer would need to to over 22 000 in 2000 and 2001, though
use more pesticide because the decreased to about 19 000 in 2002.
insects would not be killed by eating
the plant, so this would increase c Growing the virus-resistant variety
pesticide cost. This would increase would mean less damage to the crop
the total production cost and reduce by infection, and so more crop/papaya
the farmer’s profit. produced.
S1 a any suitable benefit, such as: less 3 a Some people are concerned that eating
pesticide used; useful insect species GM food may be harmful to health.
not harmed b They can be sold to Japan, which provides
b any suitable harm, such as: increase in income to farmers in Hawaii.
numbers of other pest species; transfer c The non-GM plants are at risk of infection
gene from GM plant to wild plants by the virus.
E1 any suitable tests to show that the variety 4 a The new gene could be transferred in
will produce a greater yield and greater profit pollen from a GM plant to a non-GM plant
without harming the environment, such as: during pollination.
doesn’t harm beneficial insects on the plants;
grows better than non-GM equivalent in the b Growing the non-GM plants far from
presence of aphids (when grown in otherwise the GM plants/at a distance further than
identical conditions); needs less pesticide to pollinators fly would reduce the risk of
produce a greater yield; food quality of GM transfer.
crop is identical to (or better than) food quality 5 The PRSV virus could develop a mutation that
of non-GM equivalent means it is not affected by the GM variety, so it
could then infect plants of that variety.
6 Where there is a high proportion of GM plants
growing, there will be less virus that can reach
non-GM plants and infect them.

17
Answers
SB4h.3 GM and agriculture than once. More non-GM than GM were
sprayed once or more often.
Strengthen
b Not spraying, or spraying less often, will
1–4 This shows possible groupings, though others save money for insecticide as well as time
are acceptable with good argument: and effort to do the spraying.
more food (adv. farmer)
c Not spraying with insecticide won’t kill
fewer caterpillars (adv./disadv. environment) other species of caterpillar that aren’t
no need to spray (adv. farmer) pests. This is better for the environment
more food for other pests (adv. environment, because there is more food for insect-
disadv. farmer) eating birds, etc.
fewer caterpillars for birds (disadv. 5 a Bar chart showing three bars for each
environment) year, one bar for each region.
more crop to sell (adv. farmer) b The non-GM crop gave a greater yield
develop resistance (disadv. farmer) than the GM crop in that region.
expensive seed (disadv. farmer) c Zaragoza seems to be the worst affected
only kills pests that eat it (adv. environment) because the difference in yield from GM
compared with non-GM is the greatest.
may kill useful insects (disadv. environment
– though the environment will benefit for this 6 There is still concern in Europe about possible
reason if the GM crop is grown instead of using harm to health from eating foods made from
lots of insecticide) GM crops.
7 The benefit to farmers of growing Bt maize in
SB4h.4 GM and agriculture different regions varies. GM maize can only
Homework be sold for animal feed, while non-GM maize
can be sold for human consumption too, which
1 a Bacillus thuringiensis bacterium
gives it a larger market. So there are extra
b plasmid disadvantages to growing Bt maize in areas
2 tissue culture where corn borer has a limited effect.
3 The gene makes Bt toxin in plant cells, which

kills caterpillars when they try to eat the plant. SB4i Fertilisers and biological
4 a They have more crop to sell so they control
should get more money.
b It is a disadvantage, as they will have to Student Book
pay more before they can grow their crop.
6th 1 a An organism (weaver ant) is
c Less insecticide used on the crop will
deliberately used to control the
mean more other insects will survive,
damage caused to citrus trees by
providing food for birds.
herbivorous insects.
5 They are worried that it might harm their 7th b
The ants eat the herbivorous pests,
health. so there is less damage to the trees
and more citrus fruits are produced.
SB4h.5 GM maize in Spain
Homework 2 7th 2 a The beetles ate the plant, which
made grassland safer for grazing
1 The Bt toxin gene from a bacterium can be farm animals.
inserted into the DNA of a plant cell so that the
7th b
The tests checked to make sure
cell produces the toxin.
the beetles didn’t eat plants that
2 The Bt gene codes for a toxin/poison that kills people wanted to keep (e.g. crops)
caterpillars when they eat it. and would consume a significant
amount of St John’s Wort.
3 a 0 69.7%, 1 28.7%, 2 1.5%, 3 0%, 4 0%
b 0 41.9%, 1 37.0%, 2 15.8%, 3 4.4%, 6th 3 a The area where the plants are
4 1.1% shorter and not growing well was
not fertilised, because the plants
4 a The greatest proportion of GM maize
need the nutrients in fertiliser to
crops were not sprayed with insecticide,
grow well.
and almost none were sprayed more

18
Answers
pods per plant and yield. So the increase
7th b If the leaves grow better, then in yield is due to the increase in pods
the plant will carry out more produced.
photosynthesis and make more
glucose. Some of this glucose is 2 a Adding nitrogen increases leaf growth,
used to make the parts of the plant and the more nitrogen that is added the
that we harvest. More glucose greater the leaf growth.
means a higher crop yield. b The best time would be between about 4
and 8 weeks after seeding, as this is when
7th 4 Each crop takes nutrients out of the soil the added nitrogen has the greatest effect
as it grows and is harvested. For the on leaf growth.
next crop to grow well, more nutrients
must be added to the soil.
SB4i.3 Fertilisers and biological
7th 5 To make sure only the amount that control – Strengthen
the crop plants will take up is added
1 a chickens, wasps
to the soil, so that the risk of pollution
is reduced. It can also make sure the b They both use other organisms to control
farmer doesn’t spend more money on the numbers of pests on a crop.
fertiliser than is needed. 2 a If the control organism/chickens/wasps
are free to move away from the cabbages,
8th 6 If the crop is sprayed just before rain,
then they won’t reduce the numbers of
fertiliser may be washed out of the soil
caterpillars on the crop.
and into surrounding water before the
plants are able to absorb the nutrients. b The control organism might kill useful
insects, such as other predators of
S1 The farmer could encourage predators of caterpillars. This will mean that fewer
the caterpillars into the crop. However, the caterpillars will be killed or eaten.
predators may cause other damage, such
as by eating helpful insects that also eat 3 She wants the cabbages for her own
caterpillars or even by eating the crop. consumption or to sell to other people.
E1 Any suitable suggestions that indicate the 4 Fertiliser provides nutrients that the cabbages
control organism mainly eats the pest organism need to grow well, so they will grow larger with
and doesn’t harm the crop or environment. fertiliser.
For example:
•
control organism stays mainly within the SB4i.4 Fertilisers and biological
crop control – Homework 1
•
control organism selectively chooses to 1 a It increased steadily from less than
eat pests of the crop 3 billion to about 6.5 billion.
•
control organism does not eat beneficial b It increased from less than 5 million tonnes
organisms, or crop plants. to around 150 million tonnes.
c They help crops to grow better/produce
Exam-style question
more food for us.
Any one suitable advantage, such as: increases d There are more people who need more
yield of crop grown. (1) Any suitable disadvantage, food, so more fertiliser must be used to
such as: may cause pollution of surrounding water, produce more food.
harming other organisms. (1)
2 a an animal that hunts and eats other
Activity and Assessment Pack animals
b an animal that causes problems, e.g.
SB4i.2 Effect of fertiliser on crop damages crop plants
growth c They would eat the aphids, which would
1 a Using 45 kg nitrogen approximately reduce the damage to crop plants caused
doubles yield compared with no nitrogen, by aphids.
Using 90 kg nitrogen increases yield by d If there is less damage to the crops by
almost three times. aphids, then the plants will grow better
b Increasing nitrogen has little effect on and produce more crop.
number of seeds per pod, but there is e The ladybirds eat many kinds of insect,
a clear correlation between number of so they could eat some that are useful
instead of eating the aphids.
19
Answers
SB4i.5 Growing tomato crops 5 The pests feed on the tomato plant sap, taking
sugars from the plant which it would use as a
Homework 2
source of energy for building new plant tissue.
1 a a large area of crop of one type
6 It is an organism that is used to control the
b All the plants need the same conditions to numbers of pests on a crop.
grow well and it is easy to control them in
a glasshouse. 7 Any suitable advantage with supporting
reason, such as:
2 a nutrients/mineral salts – the Encarsia can’t spread out so they will
b They are used to change sugars from be limited to feeding on the whiteflies in the
photosynthesis into other substances such glasshouse
as proteins and oils that make up plant – predators of Encarsia can’t get into the
tissues, including the part that we harvest. glasshouse and reduce their numbers which
would reduce their effect on the whitefly.
3 a As potassium concentration increases up
to about 120 mg/dm3 the yield increases 8 Specialist feeders should reduce the number of
from about 0.5 kg per plant to nearly the pest species more rapidly than a generalist
4.5 kg per plant. feeder, because that is all they eat.
b It is not worth adding more than 120 Generalist feeders might eat other predators
mg/dm3 because it won’t produce more of the whiteflies, which would mean whitefly
tomatoes and so will be a waste of money. numbers could increase more rapidly.
4 There are likely to be more natural predators
(or competitors) of whitefly out in the open,
which would keep their numbers lower.

20
Student Book Answers
SB5a Health and disease SB5b Non-communicable
4th 1 any suitable answer that includes diseases
physical, social and mental well-being
6th 1 Sickle cell disease cannot be passed from
4th
2 a Exercise can improve physical fitness. a person with the disease to anyone else
by normal day-to-day contact/can only be
4th b Answer similar to: exercising as passed to offspring through genes.
part of a group can improve contact
6th 2 Scurvy should be treated using vitamin
with other people because you are
C, because it is caused by a lack of the
sharing the activity.
vitamin in the diet.
4th c Answer similar to: exercising for fun
7th 3 Kwashiorkor is caused by a lack of
can make you feel happier.
protein in the diet, which comes from
6th 3 When two factors are correlated, as meat, fish, eggs and other sources. Only
one factor changes in value so does the very poor people are usually at risk of
other in a similar way. not getting enough protein in their diet.
5th 4 a As income increases, life 6th 4 Deficiency diseases are caused by a

expectancy also increases (though poor diet.
the increase is greatest at lower 6th 5 Liver disease is usually caused by a
incomes than at higher values). lifestyle factor/drinking too much alcohol,
not by an infection so cannot be passed
7th b Any suitable suggestion that relates
on to another person.
increase in income to improved
health, such as increase in numbers 6th 6 Reducing the amount of alcohol drunk
of doctors and hospitals, improved should decrease the number of people
diet, etc. who develop liver disease and other
problems caused by too much alcohol.
6th 5 a People with periodontal disease
This should reduce the impact on
are more likely to suffer from heart
people’s lives and their families, as well
disease than people who do not
as reduce the costs to the national health
have periodontal disease.
system of treatment for these problems.
7th b Pathogens in the mouth are more able
7th 7 a i Russia, Brazil, UK, USA, Australia
to get into the blood system, through
bleeding gums. These pathogens 5th ii Russia and UK, USA and Brazil,
could then cause heart disease. Australia
S1 The HIV virus is a pathogen. It can damage 7th b The correlation is not strong
the immune system, so the body is not so because countries in the same
well protected against infections by other consumption group do not show
pathogens. So people with HIV are more likely similar death rates.
to get other infections.
S1 Person more likely to suffer from liver disease
E1 Where you live will affect factors such as or other alcohol-related problems. Family have
availability of food for a healthy diet, access to support person suffering from liver disease,
to good and affordable health care, whether and may have to cope with his or her death.
there is a risk of natural disasters or disasters Society has to pay for cost of treating people
caused by people, such as war. All of these with liver disease and their care after treatment.
factors are linked to poor health, which can
affect how long you live for. E1 Possible advantages: young children in UK
most at risk from vitamin D deficiency and
Exam-style question vitamin drops reduce risk of young children
developing rickets, which will cause problems
Difference described, e.g. by definition of terms with
for the children and their families as well as a
suitable examples, between communicable disease
cost to society of treatment and support.
(1) and non-communicable disease (1), such as:
Communicable diseases, such as flu, are caused Possible disadvantages: cost of giving vitamin
by pathogens that can be passed from an infected D to all children, some parents may not be able
individual to others. Non-communicable diseases, to afford this, some parents may not want to
such as heart disease, are caused by problems in give their children supplements.
the body, and cannot be passed to people near you.

1
Exam-style question E1 Prevention of cardiovascular disease can be
Iron is taken from foods such as red meat and done by changing some of our behaviour,
dark green vegetables (1). If the diet is lacking in such as not smoking and controlling body
iron, then the body won't absorb enough to make mass/fat by a good diet and exercise. Curing
healthy blood (1). cardiovascular disease involves operations
and medicines, which are costly and affect how
we live. Preventing cardiovascular disease is
SB5c Cardiovascular disease more likely to keep you healthier than curing it.
3rd 1 being overweight due to too much fat in Exam-style question

the body Any two suitable examples with appropriate
2 A BMI of 30 or more is considered explanations (1 mark for each), such as:
7th
obese and suggests a lot of fat around • A heart bypass operation inserts new arteries
the organs, which correlates with an in the heart, to carry blood to damaged areas
increased risk of cardiovascular disease. of the heart so that the cells contract properly.
7th 3 Weightlifters may have a high BMI • Narrowed blood vessels can be widened with
a stent, to allow blood to flow through more
because they have developed large easily.
muscles. This means they have a
smaller amount of body fat than other
people with the same BMI. SB5d Pathogens
8 th
4 Chart B shows that the correlation
5th 1 pathogen
between deaths from heart disease and
waist : hip ratio is good because deaths 6th 2 The pathogen can pass from an infected
from heart disease increase as waist : hip person to other people, causing disease
ratio increases. The correlation with BMI in them also.
is not as good because deaths from
heart disease decrease from the <20 to 5th 3 blood in mucus after coughing and fever
the 20–24.9 group, but do increase with and weight loss
each group after that. So measuring your
waist : hip ratio gives a better indicator of 5th 4 a highest percentage: 755 000 ÷
risk of death from heart disease than BMI. 124 000 000 × 100% = 6.1%
7th 5 Flowchart showing: tobacco smoke lowest percentage: 755 000 ÷

enters lungs > substances in smoke 283 000 000 × 100% = 2.7%
diffuse out of lungs/alveoli into blood >
5th b fever, weakness and sickness
substances travel around body in blood
> harmful substances damage heart and 7th 5 Calculation will depend on dimensions
blood vessels causing cardiovascular measured. Vibrio bacterium cell body is
disease. about 1.5 µm long, total length including
flagellum up to 5 µm long, cell width
8th 6 Heart muscle needs oxygen and about 0.5 µm. Ebola virus particle about
nutrients to keep working. Narrowed or 1000 nm = 1 µm long, and about 50 nm
blocked coronary arteries will reduce or wide. By length, Vibrio about five times
stop oxygen and nutrients reaching the longer; by width, Vibrio is 500 nm/50 nm
heart muscle cells, so the cells may die. = 10 times wider.
If the cells die, the heart will stop working
people with TB and HIV
____________________
properly and the person may die. 6th 6 a          
Bypassing the damaged arteries allows people with TB
326
blood containing oxygen and nutrients to × 100% =  ____   
× 100% = 4.04%
reach the heart muscle cells so they can 8070
continue working properly. 8th 6 b People with HIV are less able to
fight off infections, and so more
S1 Both changes will reduce the risk of heart likely to suffer from other diseases,
disease. Stopping smoking will stop harmful e.g. TB.
substances from tobacco smoke getting into
the blood and increasing the risk of damage 6th 7 Some people develop stomach ulcers,
to the heart and blood vessels. Exercise will where the bacteria attack the stomach
help to reduce body mass (fat), which will also lining.
reduce the risk of cardiovascular disease.

2
S1 Table with the following headings, content
similar to below.
Name of disease Name of pathogen Type of pathogen Host organism Symptoms of disease
cholera Vibrio cholerae bacterium human diarrhoea
tuberculosis Mycobacterium bacterium human blood in mucus from
tuberculosis lungs, fever, weight
loss
chalara dieback Hymenoscyphus fungus ash trees lesions on branches
fraxineus and trunk, dying
leaves, crown dieback
malaria Plasmodium protist human fever, weakness and
sickness
haemorrhagic fever Ebola virus virus human internal bleeding and
fever
HIV/AIDS HIV (human virus human destruction of white
immunodeficiency blood cells leading
virus) to other/secondary
infections by other
pathogens
stomach ulcers Helicobacter pylori bacterium human sore ulcers in stomach
lining
E1 Pacini showed that there were Vibrio bacteria

6th 3 a Damaged water pipes meant there
in people with cholera. This only shows that
was no clean drinking water. Other
Vibrio might be the cause. Koch also showed
sources of water were polluted
that people who had diarrhoea caused by other
and contained cholera bacteria, so
infections did not have Vibrio in their bodies.
people were infected when they
This is more convincing, because it excludes
drank the dirty water.
other causes.
7th b any suitable answer with an
Exam-style question explanation of how it would prevent
cholera bacteria being ingested,
Any appropriate pathogens with signs of the such as only drink bottled water,
disease they cause, such as: boil water for drinking and cooking
(a) chalara dieback of ash trees, causes lesions in before use to kill the bacteria, treat
trunk and branches, death of leaves and dieback of water chemically to kill the bacteria
crown of tree (1) before drinking or cooking
(b) malaria causes fever, weakness and sickness (1). 7th 4 Any two suitable suggestions with
an explanation that shows how each
suggestion would prevent Helicobacter
SB5e Spreading pathogens being ingested, such as washing hands
7th 1 a TB bacteria are spread in the droplets properly after going to the toilet, keeping
from coughs and sneezes. If the flies off food.
droplets are caught in a tissue and 7th 5 Ebola virus is extremely infectious, so
binned, they are less likely to reach you only need a tiny amount of body
other people nearby and infect them. fluid from a live or dead infected person
7th b keeping the environment clean to become infected. This could easily
by removing all dust, because the happen if an infected person sneezed
bacteria can survive in dust for or coughed, or by a single touch. Only
months and so could infect more full body protection would stop this
people for a long time happening.
7th 6 Mosquitoes are the vectors for the
7th 2 Spores can be carried long distances
malarial protist Plasmodium. If there are
by the wind. To prevent the disease in
no mosquitoes, then there is no vector to
the UK, it would be necessary to clear
carry the Plasmodium from an infected
the disease in countries near enough for
person to other people, so this stops
spores to reach the UK.
malaria spreading.

3
S1 Faeces contain many infectious pathogens.
The width of one virus in the image
Washing hands thoroughly after going to the is about 0.5 mm (or 0.0005 m, or
toilet removes pathogens from the hands and 5 × 10–4 m) and the magnification is
so reduces the chance of them being passed ×4500.
to food or to the mouth and infecting others.
actual size of HIV virus
E1 Isolating people stopped the pathogens being image size 0.0005
passed from an infected person to others. Full- = =
magnification 4500
body protective clothing used by people looking
after those with the disease or clearing the = 0.000 00 01 m, 1 × 10–7 m,
bodies of those who had died from the disease 0.1 µm or 100 nm
helped protect those people from being infected.
actual size of HIV virus
image size 0.0005
Exam-style question = =
magnification 47500
Any two suitable ways that clearly show prevention = 0.000 000 01 m, 1 × 10–8 m,
of transmission from infected people/faecal material 0.01 µm or 10 nm (using incorrect
to uninfected people by water (1 mark for each magnification)
way), such as:
7th c
The white blood cell is the largest,
• Provide clean, boiled or sterilised water for as it is about ten times larger than
drinking and washing. the bacterial cell, and about 100
• Make sure people wash their hands properly times larger than the viruses.
after going to the toilet.
7th 4 Viruses cause damage to cells as they
take over the cell’s processes and when
SB5f Virus life cycles they break out of the cell. This stops the
cells functioning normally, which causes
5th 1 a strand of genetic material surrounded disease.
by a protein coat/capsid
7th 5 In the lytic cycle, the viruses replicate
7th 2 They need to use the processes inside a by taking over the cell’s processes
cell to make new viruses. and causing them to make many new
viruses. In the lysogenic cycle, the
7th 3 a
The width of one virus in the image genetic material of the virus is inserted
is about 5.5 mm (or 0.0055 m, or into the cell’s genetic material and is
5.5 × 10–3 m) and the magnification replicated every time the cell divides.
is ×55 000.
image size 7th 6 a cross-sectional area of

actual size of virus = A = π(1.2)2 = 4.52 mm2
magnification
0.0055 cross-sectional area of
= = 0.000 000 1 m,
55 000 B = π(1.4)2 = 6.16 mm2
1 × 10–7 m, 0.1 µm or 100 nm 7th b
Area B contained the viruses that
replicated faster because a greater
7th b
The width of the white blood cell
cross-sectional area of bacteria
in the image is about 53 mm (or
were killed.
0.053 m, or 5.3 × 10–2 m) and the
magnification is ×4500. S1 A virus, or just its genetic material, enters a

actual size of blood cell cell. The virus’s genetic material takes over
the cell’s processes, causing the cell to make
image size 0.053
= = new viral genetic material and proteins. New
magnification 4500 viruses form inside the cell, and then leave
= 0.000 012 m, 1.2 × 10–5 m the cell.
or 12 µm E1 Bacterial cells are killed only in the lytic cycle.

actual size of blood cell So, while the virus is in the lysogenic stage of
image size 0.053 its life cycle no bacteria are killed. This means
= = that there will be no clear areas on a bacterial
magnification 47500
lawn plate during the lysogenic cycle.
= 0.000 0011 m, 1.1 × 10–6 m
or 1.1 µm (using incorrect
magnification)

4
Exam-style question and cell walls are easier to get through than
The lytic cycle is where the virus enters a cell and thicker ones on older trees.
causes the cell to make lots of new viruses, which E1 Plants that lack water or nutrients don’t grow
then leave the cell. (1) In the lysogenic cycle, the well, so they might make thinner cuticles and
virus’s genetic material is inserted into the cell’s cell walls than normal. This would make it
genetic material so that it is replicated every time easier for pathogens to get through the cuticle
the cell divides. Each new cell contains the virus’s and cell walls to the inside of the cells. If the
genetic material. (1) plant was really unhealthy, it might develop
cracks (lesions) in the cuticles, making it even
easier for the pathogens to get inside the plant.
SB5g Plant defences
Exam-style question
6th 1 It is a thick cell-free layer that is difficult
for pathogens to get through. There are many kinds of microorganism in the air.
If cultures of bacteria in Petri dishes and culture
7th 2 They get past the cuticle by entering vials aren’t covered properly, microorganisms in the
through stomata in the leaf’s surface, air might get in and kill the bacteria and affect the
then soften the cell walls by releasing experiment.
enzymes.
7th 3 The pathogens can get past the cuticle SB5h Plant diseases
more easily and straight into cells
through the wound. 7th 1 H They won’t grow as well as when they
are healthy, so they won’t produce as
7th 4 Aphids are pests of plants and can much of the part that we harvest.
damage them by feeding off plant sap.
Aphids can also carry viruses that are 6th 2 H a They have yellowy-brown blotches
pathogens of plants. on the leaves.
7th b H The symptoms could have been
7th 5 a The wild potato plant produces an
caused by different things, such as
alarm chemical when it is attacked
disease or spray damage.
by aphids that the aphids respond
to by flying away. This stops the 7th 3 H a There would most likely be small
aphids harming the plant. areas of affected plants, only where
6th b
Making substances requires energy, the nematodes were.
so making a substance only when it 7th b H If the potato grower dug up a plant,
is needed saves energy. he/she would see the nematodes
and their cysts on infected plants.
6th 6 Any reasonable answer that is related
to the plants being at risk of being eaten 6th 4 H a Tests that are done in the lab to help
by large herbivores. For example, large identify the cause of the problem.
herbivores may need a lot of poison to
deter them, which can’t be made quickly. 7th b H Aseptic technique would help to
keep other microorganisms out of
6th 7 To treat symptoms such as pain or fever, the culture, so that they wouldn’t
and to treat disease by attacking the interfere with the fungus and
pathogen. confuse the results.
6th 8 a Any two examples that reduce 8th 5 H Using all the information from soil
the risk of infecting the culture samples and field observations can
with microorganisms, such as help to exclude some possible causes
autoclaving equipment and media that are not related to disease. This
to high temperature, flaming an increases the chance of making the right
inoculating loop. diagnosis of what caused the symptoms.
7th b
They help to keep unwanted S1 H Any suitable test on the plant, such as trying
microorganisms out of cultures to grow the pathogen from it or analysis
so that they don’t affect results. of the plant using a microscope to closely
inspect the pattern of damage or to look for
S1 Chalara ash dieback is spread by fungal
very small pests. Any suitable test on soil,
spores in the air. To infect a new tree, the
such as a test for lack of a nutrient or testing
fungus needs to get through the cuticle and
for a toxin.
cell walls into the cells inside. Thinner cuticles

5
E1 H The farmer should check against photos or S1 The pathogens are trapped in mucus in the
other information to see what could cause nose, which either leaves the nose to the
black spots. If it includes problems with the outside of the body or drips down the back
soil, he should take soil samples for analysis. of the throat and into the oesophagus/gullet.
He could also check how widespread the Pathogens that get past the nose and into the
plants with back spots are, and if there is tubes at the top of the lungs may be trapped
a pattern to the infection. He should then in mucus and carried back out of the lungs by
send all this information and a sample of a the action of ciliated cells. Pathogens in the
plant with black spots to a lab. The lab will mouth may be killed by lysozyme in saliva. Any
carry out tests and compare all the results to pathogens in the mouth and throat that pass
decide the most likely cause of the spots. into the stomach may be killed by hydrochloric
acid.
Exam-style question
E1 Chlamydia is spread by sexual activity without
They may be identified from: protection against the exchange of sexual
•
visible symptoms, which is what the fluids (semen and vaginal fluids). Younger
people are more likely to have unprotected
plant looks like, e.g. spots or change
in colour (1) sex and so to become infected by someone
who is already infected. They are also more
•
distribution analysis, which is how the
likely to have more than one sexual partner, so
problem is spread out in the plants in
the field (1) increasing the chance of coming into contact
with someone who is infected.
•
diagnostic testing in the lab, such as
identifying genetic material, growing the
Exam-style question
pathogen from the diseased plant or using
a microscope to look for signs that clearly Answer should contain one physical barrier (1) and
indicate a particular pathogen. (1) one chemical defence (1), with explanation of how
it protects against pathogens entering the body,
such as:
SB5i Physical and chemical physical: skin is thick, so pathogens can't get
through it; mucus traps pathogens entering through
barriers nose and breathing tubes; cilia move mucus
containing pathogens out of tubes
6th 1 Plasmodium, which causes malaria,
chemical: lysozyme in tears, mucus and saliva kills
gets through the skin barrier when it is
bacteria or makes them inactive; hydrochloric acid
injected directly into the blood by the
destroys pathogens that enter the stomach in food,
mosquito vector.
drink or mucus from throat.
6th 2 Lysozyme reacts with bacterial cell walls
and causes their breakdown.
SB5j The immune system
6th 3 a physical barrier, as the pathogens have
difficulty getting past it to the cells 5th 1 A molecule on the outside of a cell or
virus particle that triggers a response of
6th 4 Cilia are extensions to the cell surfaces the immune system.
that can move dust and pathogens out
of the lungs and so reduce the risk of 6th 2 The immune system can distinguish
infection. between the antigens on the outside of
cells or viruses from outside the body
7th 5 Many pathogens get into the stomach and the antigens on cells in the body.
in food and drink. Most are destroyed
by the hydrochloric acid/low pH in the 8th 3 Different lymphocytes have different
stomach, which is a chemical defence antibodies. Only lymphocytes with the
against infection. antibodies that match the antigen on the
pathogen are activated.
7th 6 Screening identifies people who are
infected with the STI. They can then be 6th 4 a The secondary response is
treated for the disease, and they will faster and produces many more
also know that they should not have antibodies than the primary
unprotected sex until they are clear of response.
the infection, so that they do not spread
the STI to other people. Sexual partners
can also be called for screening.

6
7th b The more rapid production of

SB5k Antibiotics
larger amounts of antibody in the 7th 1 There is a clear area around the mould
secondary response will kill or stop where bacteria had been growing but
the pathogens before there are have died.
enough of them to make you feel ill.
7th 2 Pathogens, including bacteria, can
6th 5 Something that contains antigens of a easily enter the body through wounds.
pathogen that can trigger an immune Once they are in the body they can
response without you having the cause disease and even death. Penicillin
disease. can kill the bacteria, preventing disease
and death.
8th 6 Different pathogens have different
antigens. Vaccination against a 6th 3 Flu and HIV/AIDS are caused by
particular pathogen will only result viruses. Antibiotics kill bacteria, so they
in memory cells in the blood for the will not affect viral diseases.
antigens of that pathogen, not for others. 6th 4 It damages the cell wall so the bacterium
7 Advantages: protects you against
7th
breaks open, releasing the cytoplasm
catching measles and prevents the high and killing the cell.
risk of suffering severe reactions from 6th 5 a Discovery > pre-clinical stages
having the disease. of testing on cells, tissues and/or
Disadvantages: may cause a bad organs, then sometimes on animals
reaction in some children, which could > small-scale clinical trial on healthy
give them a fever or cause fits. people > large-scale trial on many
people with the disease
8th 8 If most of the people in a group
5 b Testing on cells, tissues or organs
7th
are immunised then there is a very
makes sure that the medicine
small chance that anyone can come
affects the disease but does little
into contact with someone who has
harm to the cells.
the disease. So those who are not
immunised have a very low risk of Testing on animals makes sure the
catching the disease. medicine works in a complete body,
without harming the organism.
S1 The immune system attacks the pathogen
Testing on a few healthy people
by producing antibodies to the antigens
checks that the medicine is safe in
on the pathogen. The antibodies either kill
humans and looks for side effects.
the pathogens or stop them growing or
reproducing. Testing on a large number of people
with the disease makes sure the
E1 The body’s natural immune response requires medicine helps them get better,
infection with the pathogen. Antigens on the identifies the right dose and looks
pathogen trigger the release of antibodies by for a wider range of side effects in
the immune system that attack and destroy different people.
the pathogen. Memory cells left after the first
infection will trigger a more rapid and larger S1 tested on cells, tissue or organs in the lab;
secondary response if you are infected again. tested on animals; tested on a few healthy
Immunisation using a vaccine containing people; tested on a large number of people
antigens of the pathogen can trigger the with the disease
primary response without you being infected E1 Advantages include: only medicines that are
with the pathogen and being ill. This leaves effective and safe are developed; medicines that
memory cells in the blood that will produce the are dangerous to cells are less likely to reach
secondary response if you are then infected clinical trials where they could harm people.
with the pathogen. Disadvantages include: takes a long time
to develop a new medicine from when it is
Exam-style question discovered to when a doctor can prescribe it;
Vaccination causes the body to make memory every stage costs, so this makes the whole
lymphocytes to the antigens of the measles pathogen process more expensive (so the medicine may
in the vaccine (1). The memory lymphocytes will be more expensive for doctors to prescribe).
recognise the measles antigens if you are infected
by the measles virus and cause a rapid secondary
response that will stop you being ill (1).

7
Exam-style question 10 Streptomycin is more effective than
First stage on cells, tissues or organs in the lab, benzylpenicillin at killing Micrococcus luteus
to make sure that the antibiotic gets into the bacteria (1) and meticillin has hardly any effect
cells properly and does what is expected/kills the on the bacteria. (1)
pathogen or stops it working (1). Second stage on
animals to test that the antibiotic works well in a
whole body and is safe in other animals (1). SB5l Monoclonal antibodies
6th 1 H large amounts of antibodies that are
identical
SB5k Core practical –
Antibiotics 7th 2 H Lymphocyte cells stop dividing when
they produce antibodies. Hybridoma
1 Suitable suggestions (which will depend on cells (made by fusing a lymphocyte
how this has been done in class) include: with a cancer cell) continue to divide
wrapping the forceps and control filter disc to produce identical cells and produce
in foil and placing in an autoclave/pressure antibodies.
cooker; dipping the forceps in a 70% ethanol
solution and the flaming them; leaving the 8th 3 H Antigens from the human pregnancy
forceps in disinfectant solution for a set length hormone are injected into a mouse.
of time. (1) Lymphocytes that make the antibodies
that match the hormone are taken from
2 Keep the lid above the dish and only lift it high the mouse and fused with cancer cells.
enough to get the discs into position (1) as this The hybridoma cells that are formed
will reduce the chance of microorganisms from continue dividing and making lots of
the air getting onto the bacterial culture.(1) antibodies that match the hormone.
3 The disc contains no antibiotic (1) and so will
show that any clear area around other discs is 8th 4 H Monoclonal antibodies are produced
the effect of the antibiotic and not something that match the patient’s platelets. The
else in the disc. (1) antibodies are made radioactive and
injected into the patient’s blood. The
4 Bacteria grow faster in warm conditions. (1) antibodies attach to platelets. A scan
5 Antibiotic diffuses out from the paper disc into of the patient’s brain will show where
the surrounding medium. (1) If the bacteria are the radioactive platelets have clumped
affected by the antibiotic, they die and leave a together to form a clot.
clear space. (1)
8th 5 H Antigens from the cancer cells are
6 With a ruler that has millimetre divisions/ injected into a mouse. Lymphocytes
calipers measured against a ruler with that make antibodies to the cancer cell
millimetre divisions. (1) antigens are taken from the mouse
and fused with a cancer cell to make
7 a All of their results are lower than those of
hybridoma cells. The hybridoma cells
the other groups. (1)
produce monoclonal antibodies to
b Any suitable suggestion that accounts for the cancer cell antigens. Drugs that
all results being lower, such as: kill cancer cells are attached to the
•
didn’t measure the radius of the antibodies.
spaces correctly
8th 6 H Both chemotherapy and radiotherapy
•
used the wrong equation to calculate can harm healthy parts of the body.
the cross-sectional area. Using monoclonal antibodies means that
c Any suitable justification which indicates there is very little of the harmful drug
that all of the values calculated by group in the patient’s body. They only attach
3 are much lower, so this suggests a to cancer cells so that healthy cells are
general failing in the method not just in less likely to be damaged.
one particular calculation.
S1 H Monoclonal antibodies can be made
8 As the concentration of the antibiotic increases, radioactive. If the antibodies have been made
(1) the cross-sectional area of bacteria that are to attach to cancer cells or platelets, then a
killed also increases. (1) scan will show where the antibodies are and
9 benzylpenicillin 6.15 cm2 (1); meticillin so show where the cancer or blood clot is.
0.008 cm2 (1); streptomycin 10.17 cm2 (1)

8
If drugs are attached to the antibodies, these
will be delivered to the cancer or platelet cells
and so treat the disease.
E1 H The human enzyme could be injected into
a mouse so that the mouse’s body makes
antibodies to it. The lymphocytes that make
those antibodies could be extracted from the
mouse and used to make hybridoma cells
by fusing them with cancer cells. Monoclonal
antibodies from the cells could then be tested
on human blood cell cultures to make sure
they prevent the enzyme causing blood clots
to form. It would then need to be tested in
clinical trials on people to make sure
it is safe.
Exam-style question
Monoclonal antibodies are made that attach to
cancer cells. The antibodies are made radioactive
and injected into the patient’s body. A scan is made
of the patient to identify where the radioactive
antibodies have attached to cells.

9
SB6a Photosynthesis Exam-style question
They are packed with chloroplasts/chlorophyll.
5th 1 Animals need to eat biomass/food (they Chloroplasts/chlorophyll trap energy transferred
cannot make it). Plants and algae can by light.
produce their own biomass/food.
2 They make glucose using

7th
photosynthesis. They use glucose to
SB6b Factors affecting
make all other substances they need. photosynthesis
6th 3 carbon dioxide, water 5th
1 carbon dioxide
9th 4 Energy has entered from the 7th
2 a the speed at which it happens
surroundings/photosynthesis is an
endothermic process. 6th b two of: temperature, carbon dioxide
(concentration), water ( availability −
7th 5 glucose more likely to be frozen for more of
the year)
9th 6 towards evening, because the plant will
have been making starch all day, and 9th 3 a Enzymes control the rate of
it only gets broken down (into sucrose) photosynthesis. These enzymes
when photosynthesis stops work more slowly if it is too cold.
7th 7 When it is light, water enters the guard 9th b Photosynthesis uses up carbon
cells, making them expand and so dioxide. If the amount of carbon
opening the gap between them. The dioxide in a certain volume of air is
opposite happens when it is dark. less, then less photosynthesis will
take place.
8th 8 They have stomata on the tops of their
leaves, since stomata on the bottom 9th c Photosynthesis requires energy
would be covered by water meaning transferred by light. The greater
much less gas exchange. the light intensity, the more
S1 An explanation is needed to cover the majority energy it transfers (and the faster
of these points: photosynthesis occurs).
•
plants need carbon dioxide to 9th 4 Increase the temperature. Look for an
photosynthesise increase in the rate of photosynthesis.
•
this produces oxygen
5 original graph sketched, with another
•
10th
this produces glucose
line added to show rate increasing past
•
we need oxygen for aerobic respiration the existing horizontal line
•
we need the biomass produced from the new line also levelling off (because
glucose for food. only a set amount of additional carbon
S2 List three from: dioxide is added)
• stomata to allow gas exchange 9th 6 Stage A: temperature is limiting because
• chloroplasts/chlorophyll to trap energy when the experiment is repeated at a
transferred by light higher temperature (as shown by
• large surface area to trap more light stage B) the rate increases.
energy transferred by light Stage B: light intensity is limiting at this
• thin, so that gases do not have to travel far stage, because as the light intensity
into/out of the leaf increases so does the rate.
• contain xylem tissue to bring water to the Stage C: carbon dioxide is probably
leaf (although this is not mentioned in this limiting now, since the temperature is
topic). high and the light intensity is no longer
making a difference (although the
E1 Energy transferred by light is trapped in the
temperature could potentially still be
glucose produced by photosynthesis. Plants
lower than optimum).
can release this energy by respiration whether
it is light or dark.

1
6 control (1) that ensures that the change in pH
10th 7 a It will increase by 3 times, because is due to differences in light intensity and not
(without limiting factors) the rate something else. (1)
of photosynthesis is directly
proportional to the light intensity. 7 a oxygen (1)
b correctly plotted points, (1) line graph with
8th
b If you divide the distance from a suitable axes and labels (1)
light source by √3, light intensity
c The further the distance from the lamp,
is 1/(1/√3)2 = 1 ÷ 1/3 = 3 times the
the fewer the bubbles (1) because
original.
photosynthesis is powered by energy
S1 increased levels of chlorophyll/chloroplasts transferred by light (1), and so the greater
(dark green leaves) and large surface area of the light intensity the faster the rate of
leaves to collect as much energy transferred photosynthesis. (1)
by light as possible to stop that becoming a d repeated readings, (1) so you can be
limiting factor more sure that the results/trend/pattern is
E1 Inew = 2000 × 132/202 = 845 lux correct (1)
e correct calculations for 1/d 2 (see below),
Exam-style question (1) points correctly plotted on a scatter
Artificial lighting: so that photosynthesis can happen graph, (1) with suitable axes and labels (1)
for longer/24 hours every day/so that lower light and a line of best fit. (1)
levels at the end of the day do not limit the rate of Distance 1/d 2 Rate of photosynthesis
photosynthesis. (cm) (bubbles per minute)
Artificial heating: so that low temperatures do not 10 0.01 100
limit the rate of photosynthesis. 15 0.0044 60
20 0.0025 30
SB6b Core practical – Light 30 30 10
40 40 6
intensity and photosynthesis
50 50 4
1 loss of carbon dioxide (for photosynthesis), (1)
makes the solution less acidic/more alkaline (1) f light intensity is proportional to 1/d 2; (1)
2 the rate of photosynthesis (1) since photosynthesis is directly
proportional to light intensity, it will
3 a the change in pH (1) also be proportional to 1/d 2 (1)
b light intensity/distance of lamp (1)
c Increasing temperatures increase
photosynthesis, (1) which would cause SB6c Absorbing water and
readings to be higher than they would if mineral ions
only light intensity was increasing. (1)
d Yes, because a tank of water is used to 5th 1 by evaporation through their leaves
absorb the heat from the lamp.
6th 2 photosynthesis [which should be
e two sensible suggestions, such as: correctly spelt]
amount of hydrogen carbonate indicator,
number of algal balls, lamp, bottles 7th 3 They extend over a large distance (to
get water from many different parts of
4 So that carbon dioxide does not become a
the soil).
limiting factor. (1)
They have a large surface area (to
5 a put algal balls in different water speed up water absorption).
temperatures (1); keep light intensity/
distance from lamp the same (1) 7th 4 a from the soil (higher concentration)
b Lowest value 1–5 °C (1) because below into the root (lower concentration)
0 °C, the solution may freeze. (1)
8th b Water is constantly being removed
Highest value 50–60°C (1) because these from the root (into the xylem, and
are values well in excess of what algae transported up the stem).
would normally experience/this is the point
at which enzymes start to denature. (1) 8th 5 a osmosis (through the cell
membrane)

2
9th b diffusion (there are cytoplasmic SB6d Transpiration and

connections between the cells) translocation
10th 6 osmosis, through cell membrane into 5th 1 stomata
cells next to the xylem, osmosis from
those cells into the xylem 6th 2 Stomata are closed at night.
7th 7 because they cannot diffuse against 8th 3 If enzymes get too hot, they don’t work
their concentration gradient so efficiently/so photosynthesis would
slow down.
S1 A good answer will include some or all
of these points: 5th 4 Two from:
•
higher concentration of solutes inside the
• carrying dissolved mineral ions
cell (fewer water molecules)
• keeping cells rigid
•
lower concentration of solutes in the soil
• cooling leaves
water (more water molecules)
•
molecules are randomly moving • photosynthesis.
•
so there is a net movement from an area 9th 5 a The stomata are open (during the
where there are more of them to an area day). There is a concentration
where there are fewer gradient from inside the leaf to the
outside. The concentration gradient
•
When this happens to solute molecules
is maintained because wind blows
across a semi-permeable membrane, it is
osmosis. water molecules away from the
stomata.
E1 A good answer will include some or all of these
points: 9th b There is a concentration gradient
•
root hair cells increase the surface area of from inside the xylem to the air
spaces in the leaf. The concentration
the roots
gradient is maintained because
•
so allow more water to be taken up by the
water molecules are diffusing out of
plant
the leaf.
•
in a shorter space of time
•
water is needed for photosynthesis 9th 6 It is hotter at midday than at the end of
the day and so water molecules move
•
and to support parts of the plant (including
faster/diffuse faster. Light levels are
leaves)
higher at midday and so the stomata
•
so adequate water is needed before are open wider/allow more space for
photosynthesis starts diffusion to occur.
•
extra water is needed to fill up the cells in
6th 7 no cytoplasm (so water flows through
the new leaves (and help them unfurl)
the ‘cells’ easily)/no cell walls (so water
•
water carries mineral ions
flows from ‘cell’ to ‘cell’ easily)
•
these are needed to help make
substances in parts of the plant that will 6th 8 so there is more space for sugar solution
start actively growing. to flow/so that sugar solution can flow
more easily
Exam-style question
9th 9 Mitochondria release energy, for active
A good answer will include at least two of these points:
transport of sucrose into sieve tubes,
• osmosis against the concentration gradient.
• concentration of solvent/water molecules is
higher in soil than in root hair cell (or vice
versa, or an explanation in terms of solute
concentration)
• water/solvent flows down this concentration
gradient
• through a semi-permeable/partially permeable
membrane.

3
S1 A good table will contain points such as these:
8th 8 reduced surface area and so less
Translocation Transpiration
surface for water to escape/evaporate
substance sucrose/solutes water from the leaf; sunken stomata in pits so
transported that water vapour collects around the
method of in phloem in xylem stomata and reduces further diffusion;
transport very thick cuticle to prevent water
transport cells – living dead escaping/evaporating through the cells
living or dead 9 the stomata are only open when it is
7th
direction of flow up and down up cooler; so that less water vapour is
uses active yes no lost; as diffusion is slower at lower
transport? temperatures
E1 Sucrose in the sieve tubes creates a more 7th 10 water vapour can be trapped between
concentrated solution than is outside of them. the plants (slowing the rate of diffusion
Water flows from a more dilute solution to out of the plants)
a more concentrated solution, by a process
called osmosis. S1 table, such as:
Adaptation Explanation
Exam-style question
stomata in valleys water vapour is trapped
At least two of these points are needed: (between ribs of in the valleys, slowing
• The faster the wind speed, the more quickly stem) diffusion from the stomata
water molecules are removed from around the hairs water vapour is trapped by
stomata. the hairs, slowing diffusion
• the steeper the concentration gradient/the from the stomata
greater the difference in concentration between spines instead of reduces the surface area of
the inside and outside the leaf leaves the plant from which water
• the faster diffusion occurs. can be lost
stomata only open stomata are not open at the
at night hottest times, when water
SB6e Plant adaptations vapour diffusion would be
greatest
6th 1 move upwards/towards the light/Sun;
to get more light for photosynthesis thick cuticle prevents uncontrolled
evaporation
7th 2 Starch is produced from the glucose stem stores water keeps water available for
that is made in photosynthesis. photosynthesis
Photosynthesis occurs in chloroplasts.
E1 water vapour collects in pits around the
7th 3 in the palisade layer/cells; because
sunken stomata, and is trapped in the pits
these cells have the most chloroplasts
by the hairs, and can be further trapped by
7th 4 they don’t fit together very well/there curling of the leaves; each of these features
are air spaces between them; to allow reduces the effect of air movements blowing
diffusion of gases inside the leaf the water vapour away/reduces diffusion
of water vapour away from the leaves; this
7th 5 they allow light to reach the palisade reduces the rate of diffusion of water vapour
cells (where most photosynthesis from the leaves into the air; and so the plant
occurs) does not lose so much water
7th 6 so that dirt does not reduce the amount Exam-style question
of light reaching the palisade cells
(where most photosynthesis occurs) an explanation that includes any three of the
following points: dry conditions in the desert mean
6th 7 the trees above them cause shade/less that the plant has to avoid water loss; small leaves
light; they need bigger leaves to be able to reduce surface area; smaller surface area, less
to get enough light area for water loss; thick cuticle reduces water loss
from cells (3)

4
SB6f Plant hormones gravity (positive gravitropism) and so
anchor the plant and get water from
6th 1 to get more light for photosynthesis or to the soil; ethene helps apples to ripen to
avoid the stem rotting spread the seeds
6th 2 stimulus is gravity and/or light; response S1 table, such as:

is growth towards light or growth in the Stimulus Part of plant Explanation of response
opposite direction to the force of gravity
light shoot Auxins move away from
7th 3 positive (phototropism) the light, causing cells in
the shaded side of the
7th 4 it makes them grow away from light (into shoot to become more
the soil/ground) elongated, resulting in the
shoot bending towards
7th 5 it is a movement (of a whole organism) light.
and not growth
light root Auxins move away from
6 th
6 a elongation the light, causing cells
in the shaded side of
7th b
the plant shoot grows towards the the root to become less
light (to increase exposure to light elongated than others,
for photosynthesis) resulting in the root
bending downwards away
9th 7 a auxins move away from the light from the light.
and are distributed unequally in the gravity shoot Auxins move in the
shoot, causing unequal elongation direction of the force of
9th b
light cannot pass through the black gravity, causing cells
paper, and so no light hits the nearer the ground to
shoot tip, which causes no unequal become more elongated,
distribution of auxins and so no resulting in the shoot
unequal elongation bending upwards and
9th c light can pass through the away from the direction of
transparent cap, and so auxins the force of gravity.
are distributed unequally, causing gravity root Auxins move in the
unequal elongation direction of the force of
9th d
shoot tip where auxins are produced gravity, causing cells
has been removed, so there are no nearer the ground to
auxins to cause an effect become less elongated
than others, resulting
9th e the impermeable block prevents in the root bending
auxins moving down the shoot to downwards towards the
cause an effect direction of the force of
9th f auxins can pass through the agar gravity.
block and so move down the shoot
where they cause their effect and so E1 a Roots grow in a random pattern because
there is bending/unequal elongation there is not gravity or light to redistribute
the auxin.
9th 8 auxins in the root move away from light;
b Roots will grow away from the light
in roots, more auxins in a cell cause less
because auxins will move to the shaded
elongation; less elongation of the cells
part of the root. In roots auxins inhibit
that are closest to the ground results in a
elongation, causing the root to bend away
bend in the root downwards
from the light.
9th 9 gibberellins cause the apple seed to
germinate, to start the growth of the Exam-style question
plant; auxins in the seedling shoot cause an explanation that includes the following points:
the shoot to bend towards the light auxins are moved away from the light source;
(positive phototropism) to increase light auxins cause elongation of cells (2)
exposure for photosynthesis; auxins in
the root cause the root to bend towards

5
SB6g Uses of plant hormones 9th 7 Modern refrigeration and ripening
6th 1 they only kill broadleaf plant(s) techniques mean that fruit can be picked
in an unripe state and transported
6th 2 to kill (broadleaved) weeds and not the thousands of miles before being
grass ripened with hormones, making it more
economical to import the fruit.
6th 3 It speeds up the growth of roots on
cuttings. 9th 8 apples are harvested early and unripe;
the unripe apples are stored (in cold
6th 4 a 0 mg dm3 storage); when they need to be sold
they are ripened using ethene
6th b
to be sure that it is the gibberellins
that are causing the effect (and not S1 auxins: rooting powders, selective weedkillers;
some other variable) gibberellins: to cause germination, to cause
flowering, bigger fruit growth, seedless fruits;
6th c
use more than one seed in each ethene: fruit ripening
concentration to avoid random
error/increase sample size E1 uses auxins on cuttings to promote root growth
of cuttings; sprays with gibberellins to increase
8th d
gibberellin starts germination;
size of peaches; uses ethene to ripen the
more gibberellin will enter the seed
peaches when needed
in the shortest time in the most
concentrated solution
Exam-style question
8 th
5 growing the plants (in a greenhouse) an explanation that includes the following points:
and spraying them with gibberellins to selective weedkiller contains auxins (1); auxins
force the flowers to be produced cause uncontrolled growth/elongation of cells (1);
only affect broadleaved plants and not those with
8th 6 all the plants will be ready for sale at the narrow leaves (such as grass) (1)
same time

6
SB7a Hormones S1 any suitable answer, such as:
•
oestrogen/progesterone produced in
7th
1 a Electrical impulses from the eyes
to the brain have identified the
ovaries – target organ pituitary gland
threat. The brain has responded by •

testosterone produced in testes – target
organ pituitary gland
sending impulses to muscles that
moved the dog away from the cat. •
growth hormone produced in pituitary –
target organ digestive system or muscles
6th
b The dog's eyes have dilated, and its
heart is probably beating faster than
and bones
E1 any suitable answers, which are similar to the
normal. following:
7th
c The nervous system responds • hormone: a substance released from one
faster than the hormonal system. part of the body into the blood, and carried
round the body to affect other organs (a
6th
2 Any suitable answer that includes:
hormones are chemicals that are carried
chemical messenger)
in the blood and affect target organs by

• endocrine gland: an organ that secretes a
hormone
changing how they work.
• target organ: an organ that is affected by a
hormone, by changing its activities
6th
3 a either oestrogen or progesterone
6th
b either insulin or glucagon Exam-style question
The endocrine glands release chemicals called
6th
4 a pituitary gland
hormones (1) into the blood which carries them
round the body to target organs. (1)
6th
b any two from: bones, muscles,
digestive system
6th
c it is carried in the blood SB7b Hormonal control of
metabolic rate
7th
d Kösen's body produced more
growth hormone than normal, and
Dangi's body produced much less
5th
1 a any two processes that are
continuous and essential for life,
growth hormone than normal. e.g. heart beating, breathing,
conduction of impulses by neurones
7th
e Kösen’s body produced more
growth hormone, which resulted
in more muscle and bone cells
6th
b answers that identify need for
energy appropriate to named
dividing. Dangi’s lack of growth processes in 1a, e.g. energy is
hormone resulted in less division of needed to make muscles contract/
muscle and bone cells. allow reactions to take place inside
cells
8th
5 Description similar to the following: at
puberty the amount of testosterone
(from the endocrine glands – testes) in
7th
2 Energy is transferred from the body
to cooler surroundings, which would
boys, or oestrogen (from the endocrine require a higher metabolic rate to
glands – ovaries) in girls, secreted maintain body temperature.
into the blood increases. The sex
hormones circulate in the blood. At 7th
3 one of: a slower/weaker heart beat,
a slower rate of protein/carbohydrate
the pituitary gland (a target organ for
the sex hormones/endocrine gland for breakdown in cells
growth hormone) the sex hormones
cause the release of greater amounts of 7th
4 a where an increase in what the
system produces causes the rate of
growth hormone into the blood. Growth
hormone acts on target organs such as production to fall, or a decrease in
bones and muscles to increase rate of what the system produces causes
growth. the rate of production to rise
8th b Negative feedback prevents the

concentration of thyroxine in the
blood from rising above a particular
level.

1
7th
5 a Any three suitable, such as: heart,
liver, blood vessel (others are
7th
5 The hormonal methods are the most
effective as they prevent the greatest
possible such as eye (pupil dilation), percentage of pregnancies.
increasing cell metabolism)
8th 6 Hormones in the contraceptive method
8th b Parts of the brain detect stress
factors, and stimulate the
prevent ovulation, so there is no egg
available to be fertilised, or prevent
hypothalamus. As the rate of nerve sperm reaching the egg, so fertilisation
impulses from the hypothalamus to cannot take place.
the adrenal glands increases, more S1 They prevent sperm placed in the woman's
adrenalin is released into the blood. body during sexual intercourse from reaching
The adrenalin causes responses in an egg and fertilising it, either by blocking the
many parts of the body that prepare movement of sperm or by preventing ovulation.
it for action.
E1 The values given in the table depend on the
S1 thyroxine: endocrine gland = thyroid gland, correct use of the method. If the method isn't
target organs = many cells including heart cells used correctly, then there is a much greater
TRH: endocrine gland = hypothalamus, target probability that fertilisation and pregnancy will
organ = pituitary gland happen.
TSH: endocrine gland = pituitary gland, target
organ = thyroid gland Exam-style question
adrenalin: endocrine gland = adrenal glands/ The cap acts as a physical barrier to sperm so
cells in the adrenal medulla; target organs they cannot enter the uterus. (1) This prevents the
= many organs including heart, muscles of sperm reaching an egg to fertilise it. (1)
breathing system, blood vessels, liver
E1 Blood thyroxine concentration is controlled by SB7d Hormones and the
other hormones (TRH and TSH), while blood
adrenalin concentration involves the nervous menstrual cycle
system. Both mechanisms normally keep the
blood concentration of the hormone within
6th
1 Oestrogen is secreted by the ovaries,
target organs include pituitary gland and
certain limits.
uterus. Progesterone is secreted by the
corpus luteum in the ovary, target organs
Exam-style question
include pituitary gland and uterus. FSH
If hormone concentration in the blood rises too is secreted by the pituitary gland, target
much, a change is caused that reduces the amount organ is the ovary. LH is secreted by the
of hormone released into the blood. (1) If hormone pituitary gland, target organ is the ovary.
concentration in the blood falls too low, a change
is caused that increases the amount of hormone 8th 2 a Low levels of progesterone allow
the concentration of FSH to
released into the blood. (1)
increase, which causes growth and
maturation of an egg. This causes
SB7c The menstrual cycle oestrogen concentration to rise,
stimulating LH release from the
5th
1 about day 14 pituitary which triggers ovulation.
5th
2 between 4 and 7 days 8th b Progesterone concentration
increases due to secretion from
6th
3 a the concentration of oestrogen falls the corpus luteum. This results in
the reduction of FSH and LH blood
6th
b Oestrogen
uterus wall.
causes thickening of the
concentrations. The uterus wall
thickness is maintained until late in
6th
c A fall in concentration of oestrogen
and progesterone leads to a
the cycle when the concentration
of progesterone and oestrogen fall,
breakdown of the thickened uterus resulting in menstruation.
wall, which results in menstruation.
8th 3 If an egg is not released from the ovary
5th
4 It means that about 2 in 100 cases of
sexual intercourse will lead to pregnancy
into the oviduct, it cannot be fertilised.
So pregnancy as a result of sexual
while using that form of contraception. intercourse cannot happen.

2
8th 4 Increasing the concentration of FSH

increases the probability that one or
7th
4 H Insulin is released from the pancreas
when blood glucose concentration rises
more eggs will grow and mature in the too high, and causes liver cells to take
ovaries. Increasing the concentration up glucose from the blood and convert it
of LH increases the probability that to glycogen. Glucagon is released from
ovulation will occur, to release one or the pancreas when the blood glucose
more eggs into the oviduct. concentration falls too low, and causes
liver cells to break down glycogen to
7th
5 a The hormones cause the release of
eggs from the ovaries, so that they
glucose and release it into the blood.
can be collected for use in IVF. 9th 5 H As blood glucose concentration

increases, the triggering of insulin
8th b Using FSH and LH will increase the
number of eggs in the ovaries that
secretion into the blood causes blood
glucose concentration to fall. If blood
grow and mature, and are released glucose concentration falls too low, this
from the ovaries. triggers the secretion of glucagon into
S1 The corpus luteum will continue to the blood, which causes blood glucose
secrete progesterone, which will keep the concentration to rise. A change in the
progesterone concentration too high for the system is causing the opposite change
thickened uterus wall to break down. There will to happen, which is negative feedback.
be no menstruation.
E1 Oestrogen has a negative feedback effect on
8th 6 Keeping blood glucose concentration
from getting too high or too low protects
FSH because when oestrogen concentration organs from being damaged.
is high, less FSH is secreted by the pituitary
gland. As oestrogen concentration falls, 7th
7 a Blood glucose concentration usually
rises rapidly after a meal and then
more FSH is secreted. Clomifene blocks the
negative effect of oestrogen on FSH secretion, falls as glucose is removed by cells
so increasing the secretion of FSH, which will for respiration or for storage. The
increase the probability of eggs in the ovaries concentration will change with time
growing and maturing. since the last meal, which affects
how much insulin is needed to keep
Exam-style question the concentration at a safe level.
High levels of progesterone prevent the release
of FSH (1), which stimulates the growth and
7th
b Meals that contain a lot of
carbohydrates will release more
maturation of an egg. This prevents ovulation. glucose than meals with a higher
(1) Progesterone also thickens cervical mucus, proportion of fat or protein. More
preventing sperm from reaching the oviduct to insulin will be needed after a
fertilise an egg. (1) carbohydrate-rich meal to keep the
blood glucose concentration at a
safe level.
SB7e Control of blood glucose
6th
1 a It is broken down, using oxygen,
8th c Exercise uses more glucose than
resting, as muscle cells need to
into carbon dioxide and water, break down more glucose to release
which releases energy. energy. Blood glucose concentration
will fall more rapidly with more
6th
b The energy released from glucose
is necessary for all the chemical
exercise, so less insulin will be
needed to keep blood glucose
reactions in the body.
concentration at a safe level.
6th
2 a It will increase. S1 Homeostasis means keeping changes inside
the body within safe levels. Blood glucose
7th
b This is because glucose is
absorbed from the small intestine
concentration is an example, because it
changes after meals and with exercise. If the
after digestion of carbohydrates. concentration rises too high or falls too low, it
damages the body. Control of blood glucose
6th
3 Insulin is released from pancreas cells
into the blood. Insulin causes liver cells concentration by hormones usually helps to
to absorb glucose from the blood [and keep it within safe limits.
store it as glycogen].

3
E1H Insulin stops blood glucose concentration For both men and women, though,
from becoming too high, by causing liver and the percentage with type 2 diabetes
muscle cells to absorb glucose from the blood. is much greater in the obese group
Although insulin secretion may stop as blood than in the normal group (over twice
glucose concentration falls to a certain level, as great for men, and over 7 times
it cannot stop the processes that take glucose larger for women).
from the blood. So the concentration could fall
too low. The response of glucagon to low blood 8th b Chart is likely to show that as
waist : hip ratio decreases (i.e. waist
glucose concentration prevents it falling to a
dangerously low level. gets fatter more than hips – an
'apple' shape), the percentage with
Exam-style question diabetes increases.
People with type 1 diabetes do not produce insulin
from their pancreas (1), so they must inject the right
8th 7 As average body mass increases, the
percentage of people who are classed
amount of insulin at the right times to keep their as obese will increase. This means there
blood glucose concentration within safe limits. (1) is likely to be an increasing percentage
of people who develop type 2 diabetes.
SB7f Type 2 diabetes S1 If the proportion of fat in a person’s body

increases, their body mass will increase, and
6th
1 Insulin triggers cells in the liver and
muscles to absorb glucose from the their BMI (calculated as
mass (kg)
) will also
height (m)2
blood. increase. An increasing amount of fat can also
affect the waist:hip ratio because most people
7th
2 Blood glucose concentration could rise,
because there is not enough insulin develop more fat around their waist than their
to trigger the cells in the muscles and hips. As body mass (as measured by BMI or
liver to absorb glucose from the blood, waist:hip ratio) increases, the percentage of
or insulin is present but the cells in the people with type 2 diabetes increases.
target organs do not respond to it. E1 Type 1 diabetes is caused by no insulin being
released by endocrine cells in the pancreas.
7th
3 People with type 1 diabetes must inject
insulin. People with type 2 diabetes may
So there is no control of blood glucose, which
means its concentration can rise rapidly to
be able to control its effects by eating dangerous levels after a meal. Insulin is
a low-sugar diet and exercising or may injected to help stop this happening. In type
take medication. 2 diabetes, some insulin may be produced,
2.63 or cells have some response to the hormone,
6th
4 a 2010: 62.3 × 100% = 4.2% so there is some control of blood glucose.
Treatment by controlling diet, exercising, or
6.5 medicines that increase the effects of insulin
2014: × 100% = 10%
64.7 are usually enough to keep blood glucose
concentration within safe limits.
5th
b The trend shows an increase, the
percentage has more than doubled
over 4 years. Exam-style question
Obesity is correlated with diseases such as type 2
8th 5 Body mass usually increases with
height, so you have to factor out the
diabetes that can cause harm. (1) If obesity rises,
then more people may need treating for type 2
effect of height to show if people are diabetes. (1)
of the right weight. Using BMI means
you compare mass and height so it is a
more accurate assessment of whether
someone is overweight.
8th 6 a The percentage of men who have

type 2 diabetes in the normal and
overweight groups are similar,
at around 6%. For women, the
percentage with type 2 diabetes for
the overweight category is 2.5 times
larger than for those of normal BMI.

4
SB7g Thermoregulation • hypothalamus sends instruction to
muscles to cause shivering; shivering
8th 1 Homeostasis is when a factor in the releases energy that causes the body to
body is controlled within limits, as with warm up
core body temperature.
• hypothalamus sends instruction to skin to
reduce blood flow near the skin surface;
7 th
2 a As temperature increases, the
this reduces transfer of energy
rate of reaction increases up to an
to surroundings so body stays warmer.
optimum point where the reaction is
at its fastest. At temperatures above E1 The covering reduces the rate of energy
the optimum, the rate of reaction transfer from the man’s skin to the
decreases again. surroundings. This means that energy released
8th b
If the temperature falls below, in the body that causes warming is not
or rises above, the optimum transferred as quickly to the surroundings, so
temperature for the enzymes, they helping the man to recover from hypothermia.
do not work so well. So reactions
in the cells won’t be carried out as Exam-style question
fast as usual, which may cause The hypothalamus monitors the temperature
problems. outside the body via the skin, and the temperature
inside the body. (1) It controls body temperature
8th 3 a Receptors in the dermis of the skin by causing changes in the body to increase the
detect the temperature outside the release of energy and reduce the rate of energy
body and pass that information to loss to the surroundings when the body is too cold,
the hypothalamus. (1) and by increasing the rate of energy transfer to
8th b
Receptors in the blood detect if the surroundings when the body temperature is too
the blood temperature is too low, high. (1)
and pass that information to the
hypothalamus.
SB7h Osmoregulation
8th 4 Shivering of muscles requires energy
transferred from cell respiration. Some 8th 1 It prevents damage to cells from taking
of the energy that is transferred from cell in too much water (causing bursting) or
respiration is transferred to tissues by from losing too much water, which can
heating, causing the body to warm up. affect the reactions in the cell needed to
be healthy.
9th 5 Watery sweat is released on to the
skin’s surface, where it evaporates, 8th 2 Normally urea is removed from the
transferring energy from the skin to the blood by the kidneys, so a higher
surroundings by heating. Increased concentration suggests that the kidneys
blood flow near the surface of the are not working properly.
skin makes it easier for energy to be
transferred from the hot blood to the skin 6th 3 a renal arteries
surface and then to the surroundings.
7th b
They are removed from the blood
9 th 6 H Vasodilation of small arteries deeper as it passes through the kidneys,
in the skin increases the blood flow and make urine. The urine passes
in vessels nearest the skin surface. out of the kidneys along the ureters
This makes it easier for energy to be to the bladder, where it is stored
transferred from the hot blood to the until it passes along the urethra
surroundings, so cooling the body. during urination.
9th 7 H When core body temperature increases 7th 4 It should be lower in the dialysis fluid, so
it causes changes in the body that that urea diffuses out of the blood into
help to reduce body temperature. the dialysis fluid during treatment.
The opposite happens when body
temperature decreases. This keeps 8th 5 Metabolism will mean that waste
body temperature within narrow limits. products will increase until dialysis
treatment is given. There may also be an
S1 Diagram should show clearly: excess of water and other substances
•
hypothalamus detects low body in the blood as a result of eating and
drinking.
temperature

5
8th 6 Not all patients may be healthy enough 7th 3 Selective reabsorption is the
to undergo surgery. Also, donation can reabsorption of particular substances
only happen when there is a kidney that that the body needs from the nephron,
has similar/matching antigens to those such as glucose.
of the patient’s cells.
7th 4 Selective reabsorption involves active
8 th
7 Having a healthy kidney means that transport, which needs energy. The
there is continuous control of the blood energy is transferred from glucose
concentrations of urea, water and other during respiration, which takes place in
substances that form urine. Dialysis only mitochondria.
brings the blood concentrations of these
substances into balance at the end of 8th 5 The close relationship between a
each treatment. nephron and a capillary (and the long
length of the nephron) provides a large
S1 Substances in their blood need to be controlled surface area for reabsorption.
so that they stay healthy, such as urea that
is made in the liver from the breakdown of 9th 6 H ADH makes the collecting duct
excess amino acids and substances that permeable to water. This means that
may be in excess such as water and other more water is reabsorbed from the
substances from food and drink. nephron, leaving a small volume of
concentrated urine.
E1 Measure the amount of urea or other
substances that are waste products of 9th 7 H A change in water content of the blood
metabolism. If their concentration increases, causes the opposite change to happen,
the kidney may not be healthy. so keeping body water content within
limits. So, when body water content falls,
Exam-style question ADH is released, which causes more
Blood from the patient’s body passes through a water to be reabsorbed in the kidneys.
dialysis machine. (1) Substances are exchanged When body water content rises, ADH is
between the blood and dialysis fluid by diffusion not released, which causes more water
across the dialysis membrane. (1) This removes to be excreted in urine.
urea and excess substances from the blood before S1 Both glucose and urea are filtered out of blood
it is returned to the body. (1)
in the glomerulus into the fluid in the Bowman’s
capsule. Glucose is selectively reabsorbed
from the nephron, so none is normally left in
SB7i The kidneys urine. Urea is not selectively reabsorbed, so
7th 1 Any suitable answer based on will be left in the urine.
knowledge from SB7h Osmoregulation, E1 H There will have been a much higher blood
such as: concentration of ADH for the flask containing a
• water, because of the difference in small amount of dark (concentrated) urine. This
is because the walls of the collecting ducts in
volume between the two pots
the nephrons were permeable to water so that
• mineral salts, because of the
more of the water was reabsorbed. The flask
change in colour between the two
pots. with the large amount of pale urine will have
been produced when there was little or no ADH
7th 2 a Substances with small molecules, in the blood, so that the collecting ducts of the
such as glucose, urea and mineral nephrons were impermeable to water.
salts, filter out of the blood in the
glomerulus into the Bowman’s Exam-style question
capsule of a nephron. Filtration separates small molecules from large
7th b
There are gaps between the ones, so that the small ones leave the blood and
capillary cells and the Bowman’s enter the nephron. (1) Reabsorption takes back into
capsule cells that allow small the blood all the substances that the body needs,
molecules to pass through but that leaving the rest to be excreted in urine. (1)
stop larger molecules from passing
through.

6
SB8a Efficient transport and • The larger the cube, the lower the SA:V
ratio.
exchange
E1 • (air is breathed into the lungs)
4th
1 two from: lungs, kidney, liver, skin
• oxygen diffuses into the blood
6th
2 a proteins • into a capillary
• in alveoli in the lung
6th
b urea • which has a large SA:V ratio to speed
diffusion
5th
c by the kidneys (in the urine)
• which has thin walls between air and
5th
3 lungs – oxygen; small intestine/gut –
glucose
blood to speed diffusion
• carried in circulatory system
7 th
4 a Inside: the glucose diffuses down • diffuses out of a capillary
the concentration gradient, from • diffuses into muscle cell
higher concentration to lower
concentration. The arrow shows
• carbon dioxide diffuses out of muscle cell
this process and starts inside the • diffuses into capillary

capillary, so the inside has a greater • carried in the circulatory system
glucose concentration than the • diffuses from the capillary into the lung
outside. alveoli
7th
b There are more oxygen molecules • (air is breathed out)
inside the capillary than outside.
Exam-style question
A better answer would include
that oxygen molecules move • All cells need a supply of substances/oxygen/
down the concentration gradient glucose/food to stay alive. (1)
(or contain a description of how • Diffusion is too slow to get all these materials
oxygen molecules have a net to all the cells. (1)
movement from an area in which
they are in higher concentration to
an area in which they are in lower SB8b Factors affecting
concentration).
diffusion
6th
5 its walls are thin, so molecules do not
have far to diffuse
6th 1 a 20/160 = 0.125 g cm–3
b
160 cm3 = 160/1000 = 0.16 dm3
7th
6 a 3 × 3 × 3 = 27 µm3 7th

20/0.16 = 125 g dm–3
7th
b 3 × 3 × 6 sides = 54 µm2
7th 2 There is a greater difference between
8th c 54/27 = 2 (this is presented as a
unit-less ratio – the unit if used
the concentrations on the left and on
the right. The steeper the concentration
would be µm−1) gradient, the faster the rate of diffusion.
8th 7 If cells are too big, diffusion will not be

fast enough to be able to supply all parts
3 XY = 4000, XZ = 3000,
7th
YZ = 1000 molecules/µm3.
of the cell with enough of the materials it XY because it has the biggest
needs. difference. The bigger the difference, the
steeper the concentration gradient and
9th
8 thin walls and large surface area (for
faster diffusion) the faster the rate of diffusion.
S1 • oxygen – enters by diffusion – needed for 7th 4 a flow of blood

(aerobic) respiration
b
to maintain the concentration
• carbon dioxide – leaves by diffusion – is a 8th
gradient(s) for glucose/oxygen/
waste product
carbon dioxide, so that those
S2 • SA:V of cube of side 15 µm = 0.4 (this is molecules continue to enter/leave
presented as a unit-less ratio – the unit the capillary at a fast enough rate
would be µm−1)
5 a straight line through the origin (it’s a
• SA:V of cube of side 25 µm = 0.24 8th
directly proportional relationship)
1
rate of diffusion ∝ concentration difference
8th 6 a 3 × 0.01 = 0.03 µg/s AND/OR an increase in concentration
difference causes the same percentage
8th b
0.5 × 0.01 = 0.005 µg/s increase in rate
rate of diffusion ∝ 1/distance AND/OR an
8th c
0.01 μg/s/10 = 0.001 μg/s, which
increase in distance area results in a decrease
does not change
in rate
8th 7 1500 × ½ = 750 molecules/s
8th 8 a If the surface area is reduced by SB8c The circulatory system

30%, it is now 70% of what it was.

So, 0.7 × 0.0001 = 0.00007 g/s
4th
1 heart, arteries, capillaries, veins
8th b
If the concentration difference is 6th
2 a the capillaries form a fine network
increased by 20%, it is now 120% of
what it was. 7th
b to allow a fast rate of diffusion

So, 1.2 × 0.0001 = 0.00012 g/s 6th
3
c
If the thickness of the wall halves,
the rate of diffusion will double. arteries thick wall to withstand pressure OR

So, 2 × 0.0001 = 0.0002 g/s elastic/muscular wall to squeeze
S1 Table, such as: back on the blood and even out the
flow
Variable How it affects diffusion veins valves to stop blood flowing the
concentration the greater the difference, wrong way OR
difference the faster the rate of valves to help move blood against
diffusion gravity OR
surface area the greater the surface thin walls allow (skeletal) muscles
area, the faster the rate of to squeeze the veins and push the
diffusion blood along
membrane the greater the distance/ capillaries thin wall to allow fast diffusion
thickness/distance thickness, the slower the
rate of diffusion
7th
4 The pulse is caused by each beat of the
heart.
E1 Fick’s law shows that rate of diffusion α
surface area
reducing the surface area by one-third means
7th
5 • blood collects in the legs
that the surface area is now two-thirds of its
• making them swell
original 6th
6 Urea is carried in the plasma but oxygen
is carried in (red blood) cells.
so, 0.001 × 0.66 = 0.00066 mg/s
Fick’s law shows that rate of diffusion
α 1/distance
5th
7 • no nucleus – so greater amount of
haemoglobin can be packed in to
so, 0.00066 × ½ = 0.00033 mg/s (or doubling take up oxygen
the distance halves the • (biconcave) shape – to increase
rate of diffusion) (or surface area and allow faster
3.3 × 10–4 g/s) diffusion of oxygen in and out
Exam-style question 7th

8 A phagocyte surrounding/digesting a
foreign cell.
Description including three of the following
points (3): 8th 9 Those that are carrying more oxygen
have a brighter red colour.
Fick’s law shows how different variables affect
the rate of diffusion.
rate of diffusion ∝ surface area AND/OR an
increase in surface area causes the same
percentage increase in rate

2
S1 Feature Arteries Veins
wall thick (with elastic thin
6th
3 (vena cava), right atrium, right ventricle,
pulmonary artery, capillaries (in lungs),
and muscle) pulmonary vein, left atrium, left ventricle,
valves no yes (aorta)
oxygen in blood higher lower 8th 4 • haemoglobin is brighter red when

carrying more oxygen
(in most)
carbon dioxide lower higher • blood in the aorta has just been
in blood (in oxygenated by the lungs
most)
• blood in the veins (vena cava) has
glucose in blood higher lower returned from the capillaries in the
(in most) tissues, which have removed the
Urea* in blood lower higher oxygen
(in most)
*Most students will not have considered urea
6th
5 The left ventricle has to pump blood
around most of the body but the right
(produced from the breakdown of amino ventricle only needs to pump blood to
acids). And students are not expected to the lungs.
have considered uric acid (produced from
the breakdown of DNA) but this may be 6th
6 They stop blood flowing the wrong way.
included by some, particularly if the question
is worked on in a group. 6th
7 a 0.07 × 55 = 3.85 litres/min
E1 A good answer will contain these points: 7th
b 5/50 = 0.1 litres
•
hardness will mean that arteries cannot
8th 8 • exercise increases the size of the
stretch
ventricles/strengthens the muscles
•
so blood flow is not smoothed out so much in the ventricle wall
•
narrower diameter will make it harder for
• so stroke volume is increased
blood to flow
• a higher stroke volume means that
•
slowing down blood flow the heart has to beat fewer times
•
meaning that some tissues may not get in a minute to achieve the same
enough oxygen/glucose/food molecules cardiac output
Some students may include the effects of narrower S1 Two from:
arteries on blood pressure but this is not expected.
•
contains valves – to stop blood flowing the
wrong way
Exam-style question
Three of the following points:
•
muscular walls – to pump blood around
the body
• oxygen is carried by red blood cells
•
tendons – to stop valves turning inside out
• oxygen diffuses in/out of cells along its
E1 A good answer will include some or all of these
concentration gradient
points:
• oxygen binds to/is carried by haemoglobin
•
some blood will flow the wrong way
• blood is pumped by the heart (3) back into his right atrium when the right
ventricle contracts
SB8d The heart •

so less blood will be pumped to the lungs
•
breathing faster helps to get as much
7th
1 It does not get the substances it needs
(since blood carries those substances)
oxygen as possible into the blood
for respiration.
•
by maintaining a higher concentration
gradient
5th
2 a two Exam-style question
5 th
b The heart is always drawn as though
it belongs to someone facing you.
Two of these points:
• the heart has two/left and right sides
• each side pumps to a different part of the body
• each side carries blood with different
concentrations/amounts of oxygen (2)

3
SB8e Cellular respiration S1 A good table will contain points such as these:
aerobic anaerobic
6th
1 The body is constantly moving/keeping
warm/producing and breaking down
respiration respiration
substances. reactants glucose, glucose
oxygen
7th
2 • some of the energy released by the
reactions
products carbon dioxide, lactic acid
water
• is transferred by heating when used all the time at certain
• to the surroundings/tissues/body times*
• it is an exothermic process where it mitochondria cytoplasm**
occurs
7th
3 Hummingbird muscle cells are packed
with mitochondria. amount more much less
of energy
7th
4 glucose released
*A simplification since there is background
6th
5 • energy is used for movement anaerobic respiration occurring all the time.
• the more movement, the more **A simplification in that the reactions at the
energy is required
start of both types of respiration are the same
7th
6 a • breathing is happening faster/
deeper
and occur in the cytoplasm.
E1 • smaller mammals have a larger surface
• so more oxygen is passing into area:volume ratio
the capillaries in the lungs (and
so into the arteries)
• so energy has more area through which to
be transferred
(Some students may explain this
in terms of maintaining a high
E2 • they respire faster
concentration gradient or expanding the • so that more energy is released by the
lungs further to increase surface area, reactions and can be transferred to the
but this is not required.) body
9th
6 b • veins carry blood that has been
through muscles
Exam-style question
One of:
• as the muscles work harder,
• It allows a sudden burst of energy without
they remove more and more of needing additional oxygen.
the oxygen
• It allows a person to keep running/exercising/
• which they need for respiration fleeing danger even if oxygen is in too short
supply for aerobic respiration. (1)
6th
7 lactic acid
9th
8 a • extra oxygen is needed to
replace the oxygen lost from SB8e Core Practical –
the blood and muscles Respiration rates
• for aerobic respiration to
1 a carbon dioxide (1)
release energy to remove the
lactic acid b oxygen is used up; (1) the carbon dioxide
produced is absorbed by the soda lime;
10th
b • fitter people have hearts with
bigger stroke volumes
(1) this reduces the pressure inside the
tube and so the blob moves towards the
• so they can pump more blood tube. (1)
around their bodies in a shorter 2 cotton wool bung prevents contact with soda
amount of time lime (1)
• meaning a quicker/greater
3 a good idea because it minimises the risk of
supply of oxygen to those areas
harming the organisms (1)
that need it
• thus removing the need for 4 a exactly the same as the tube with the
organisms but leave the organisms out. (1)
extra oxygen more quickly

4
b to ensure that any movement of the
coloured liquid is due to the presence
of the organisms (1) and not just due to
the passage of time and/or the effect of
temperature. (1)
5 a mass of organisms, temperature (2)
b the type of worm (1)
c control tube – the coloured liquid would
not move; (1) wax worms – the coloured
liquid would move less than 10 mm. (1)
d control tube – because there are no
organisms to use up oxygen/a part of the
air; (1) wax worms – because they are
less active and so will have a lower rate of
respiration. (1)
e 5 mm3/20 g = 0.25 mm3/g
0.25/5 min = 0.05 mm3/g/min (1)
6 Not below freezing (since this may harm
the cells of the maggots) (1 – for both the
temperature and the reason). Not above 40 °C
(accept a range from 30–45 °C) since maggots
are unlikely experience these temperatures in
reality/their enzymes may start to denature/
may cause injury to the maggots (1 – for both
the temperature and the reason).
7 a To increase your confidence that the
results are correct. (1)
b correctly plotted points (1) scatter graph
with suitable axes and labels. (1)
c 30 °C, 10 mm (1)
d a leak in the container allowing air into it,
OR starting the stopwatch to time too late/
stopping it too early. (1)
e line of best fit (1)
f the higher the temperature, the greater the
rate of respiration/the faster the coloured
liquid blob moves (1)
g at higher temperatures organisms/
enzymes are more active, (1) so more
respiration is needed to release energy. (1)

5
SB9a Ecosystems food for sticklebacks so some fish
may starve or eat more mayfly larvae
5th
1 a Oxygen is needed for respiration. instead, so numbers of mayfly larvae
would decrease; there would be more
5th
b Plants need light and water for
photosynthesis.
microscopic plants and pondweed,
so more food for mayfly larvae and
microscopic animals leading to an
6th
c Plants use mineral ions to make
compounds that are essential for
increase in their numbers.
life. S1 similar answers to the following:

• A population is all the individuals of one
4th
2 a Roots hold the plant firmly in the
soil and also absorb water and
species living in an area.
dissolved mineral ions from the soil. • A community is all the different
populations living in an area.
7th
b Above ground, plants may shade • An ecosystem is the community and the
each other from light, or protect environment that affects it in an area.
others from strong winds or rain.
Below ground the roots may overlap
• Interdependence means needing each
other for survival.
and try to get water and mineral
ions from the same volume of soil. E1 Diagram D only shows some of the organisms
in the food web – there will be many others. It
6th
3 a Diagram that shows a ‘population’
as group of individuals of one
also only shows the presence of species, so
there is no indication of how many individuals
species in an area, a ‘community’ as of each species there are. This means that
all the populations in an area, and predicting the effect of a change in the food
an ‘ecosystem’ as the community web can be more difficult than first appears.
and environmental factors in an
area. Exam-style question
any answer that includes two ways, such as the
7th
b Suitable examples to add include:
following:
• population: individuals of one
• The organisms are dependent on each other
species of coral on a coral reef
for food.
• community: all the populations
• Some animals may use plants or other animals
of animals living on a coral
for shelter.
reef, or all the populations of
organisms shown in a food web
• ecosystem: coral reef, SB9b Energy transfer
rainforest, pond
5th 1 a by light, usually from the Sun
450
7 th
4 a population size = 50 ×
1
= 22 500
6th b
It cannot be captured by living
7th
b This helps to reduce the effect
of random variation in number
organisms and used for life
processes again.
between quadrats.
5th 2 to: stored in biomass; from: stored
4th
5 a any one from: microscopic animals,
mayfly larva, pond snail
in substances in urine and faeces,
transferred to environment by heating
4th
b heron 6th 3 Sketch should show:
4th
c dragonfly larvae, mayfly larvae, • energy transferred to fox stored in
rabbit biomass that it eats
sticklebacks
• fox transfers energy from life
5th
d An organism that makes its own
food (using energy from light or
processes (including respiration) to
environment by heating
another source).
• energy stored in fox’s urine and
faeces transferred to environment
7 th
6 Any suitable answers that
demonstrate an understanding of the
(to decomposers).
interdependence of organisms in the 12.4
web, such as: there would be less 7th 4 × 100% = 49.6%
25.0
1
sandeels. This means there is less
7th 5 percentage biomass transfer from food for sea birds and for predator
primary consumers to secondary fish. So there will be fewer birds and
11 large fish that we eat.
consumers = × 100% = 29.7%
37
7th 6 a five (microscopic plants > mayfly
6th
4 Herbivores will most likely be near the
surface of the water because they feed
larva > dragonfly larva > frog >
on photosynthetic organisms, which
heron)
need to be near the surface to get the
8th b
There is too little energy in all the light they need.
herons to support another trophic
level of predators on herons. 7th
5 Trees need light for photosynthesis.
Only when a mature tree dies, allowing
S1 Some of the energy transferred to the more light to reach the forest floor, will a
organisms in that trophic level, stored in its young tree be able to get enough light to
food, is then transferred to the environment allow rapid growth.
by heating and, in the case of animals, stored
in waste/faeces and urine. So less energy is
transferred to the next level.
6th
6 Pollution is the addition of something
to the environment that causes harm to
E1 Less energy from the Sun reaches the ground living organisms.
near the North Pole and South Pole than
near the Equator. So less energy can be
7th
7 Poisons in the water may kill plants,
animals and other organisms in the river.
captured by plants in photosynthesis. So less This would reduce the amount of food
energy enters the food chain in polar regions, available for organisms that feed on
supporting less biomass in each trophic level. them, and so reduce their numbers. This
would then impact on the next feeding
Exam-style question level in the food web for that community
As not all energy stored in biomass in one trophic and so on. So there may be damage at
level is transferred into biomass in the next trophic all levels in the food web.
level, (1) the levels get smaller through the food
S1 The ground-cover plants will probably grow
chain/going up the pyramid. (1)
much better because they will get more light.
E1 Plants need light, water and warmth to grow
SB9c Abiotic factors affecting well. In polar regions there is little light for
some parts of the year, water may be frozen
communities for part of the year, and it is either cool or very
cold. In comparison, plants in tropical areas
5th
1 any two such as: rainfall, temperature,
wind speed, air humidity usually have lots of light, water and warmth.
So tropical plants are usually able to grow
6th
2 If plants are killed, then there is no food
for herbivores so they will starve. Then
faster and larger than polar plants.
there will be no food for carnivores, Exam-style question

etc. So the whole food web is affected / Plants and animals need water. So a drought will
because organisms in a community are kill plants and animals in the short-term. (1) If plants
interdependent. do not regrow quickly after a drought, then there
will be little food for herbivores in the community, (1)
6th
3 a Sketch should show sandeels
feeding on microscopic animals; and this will lead to little food for carnivores. (1)
puffins, other sea birds and predator
fish (such as haddock) feeding
on sandeels. (A producer level of SB9c Core practical – quadrats
microscopic plants that are eaten and transects
by microscopic animals is also
appropriate.) 1 Quadrats placed along the transect will record
changes in presence/absence or changes in
abundance from one area to another. (1)
7th
b Rising sea temperatures are
decreasing the amount of food 2 factors caused by physical and chemical
for sandeels, so there are fewer differences in the environment (1)

2
3 Any two suitable abiotic factors with reason, 11 a depth of water (1)
such as the following (max. 2): b Hazel bushes grow where the ground is
• Light intensity will be greater in open mainly dry/up to 1 cm water. (1) Willow
ground than under the tree, because of trees grow where the ground is marshy/
shading by tree canopy. from 1 to 5 cm water. (1) Meadowsweet
• Air humidity may be greater under the tree grows in shallow water/from 1 to 15 cm
water. (1) Duckweed grows in swamp and
than in open air, because cooler and less
wind under the tree. open water/5 to 65 cm water. (1) Water
lilies grow in open water. (1)
• Soil moisture may be greater in open
c Hazel bushes would be worst affected, (1)
ground than under the tree, because tree
roots absorb a lot of moisture and canopy because they usually grow in dry
shelters ground. ground. (1)
• Air temperature may vary more above

open ground than under the tree because
the tree canopy provides shelter.
SB9d Biotic factors affecting
4 Any answer that indicates that different species
communities
are adapted to different habitats, (1) and so
distribution and abundance will be affected by
4th
1 A top predator is the top organism in the
food web/chain and has no predator.
abiotic factors that vary from their preferred
habitat. (1) 6th
2 It is an area in which the organisms form
a community.
5 a would take too long (1)
b could miss gradual changes in distribution
of organisms or abiotic factors, so the
5th
3 any two suitable, with named resource,
such as: elk and beavers (or other
relationship between them will not be herbivores) for food from trees; coyotes
as clear (1) and wolves for food
6 If you sample randomly, you cannot be sure
that you’ll get a gradual change in abiotic
6th
4 If coyotes are not being driven away
from food by wolves, then they can eat
factors or organisms. (1) more and produce more young. So their
7 use an identification/field guide to grassland numbers will increase.
plants (1)
8 a Light intensity, temperature (and other
6th
5 a As the number of hares increases,
the number of lynx also increases,
related factors) will vary with amount of and as the number of hares
shade, (1) and the size and position of decreases, the number of lynx
the tree's shadow will change with time also decreases. / The two species
of day. (1) show a similar pattern in how their
b Some areas will be under the tree's numbers change.
shadow at some parts of the day and not
others, so measurements of abiotic factors 8th
b Lynxes eat hares. When there are
large numbers of hares, then there
at one time of day may not reflect what
is more food for lynxes so they
that area experiences most of the day, (1)
produce more young. More lynxes
and so may give a false conclusion. (1)
eat more hares, so there are fewer
9 Any suitable suggestions with appropriate hares. Fewer hares means less
explanation, such as the following: food for lynxes so they produce
• Measure the amount/concentration of fewer young. Fewer lynxes means
more hares escape predation so
pollution (nutrient or temperature) along
the transect to compare with distribution of breed more… and so on.
organisms, (1) because that is the abiotic
factor being studied. (1) 9th 6 Biotic factors changed because wolves
increased predation on other organisms,
• Increase the length of interval between such as elk, and competed with coyotes
quadrats, (1) because the distance over for food. Abiotic factors changed
which pollution concentration changes is because more beavers meant more
likely to be much larger. (1) dams, which flooded some areas of
10 placing quadrats carefully to avoid harming land.
coral and other organisms (1)

3
9th
7 Wolves reduced the numbers of elk by
predation. This reduced competition
7th 5 Stonefly nymph because it is only found
where there is little or no pollution.
between elk and beavers for trees, so
numbers of beavers increased. Beavers 7th 6 They can get more oxygen from the
change the environment by building water using the haemoglobin in their
dams, creating pools and boggy areas. blood.
This creates new habitats that new
8th 7 any suitable advantage, such as: the
species can move into.
species is usually easy to find in the
S1 They both eat the same food. appropriate places, the species doesn’t
need a lot of equipment to collect it,
E1 Line should show a similar pattern to the hare
the species gives an idea of long-
line but displaced to the right side, so that as
term health of the area any suitable
number of hares increases so amount of food
disadvantage, such as: only an indicator
decreases; then as hare numbers decrease,
so the species doesn’t give accurate
amount of food increases again.
information about the level of pollution,
the species doesn’t give information
Exam-style question
about rapid changes in pollution levels
The new predator will reduce the numbers of
its prey as a result of predation. (1) It may also S1 The amount of pollution had decreased
compete with existing predators in the community because species that are indicators of cleaner
for the same prey and so cause the number of water had replaced species that are indicators
existing predators to decrease. (1) of polluted water.
E1 A suitable conclusion is that the sulfur pollution
in the air has decreased, because blackspot
SB9e Assessing pollution fungus is now able to infect the roses. Suitable
evidence to check the conclusion would be
6th 1 There are fewer squares marked since measurements of sulfur pollution in the air
2000 than up to 1999, showing that where Jack’s grandfather lives for 30 years
the range has reduced. (Comparison ago and for now.
with a map showing position of major
conurbations will show greatest Exam-style question
reductions in more rural areas.)
Where blackspot fungus is found on roses air
6th 2 A species that is present in particular pollution is low (1) because the fungus cannot
conditions, either with or without grow when air pollution is high. (1)
pollution, and so whose presence can
be used to indicate the level of pollution
in an area. SB9f Parasitism and mutualism
7th 3 Some lichen species are affected
by nitrogen pollution, with some
5th
1 a The roundworm is the parasite and
a human is the host.
species growing well where nitrogen
concentration is high and others 6th
b The parasite absorbs nutrients from
the human, and is protected inside
growing well only where nitrogen
concentration is low. the human body.
6th 4 a The fungus cannot grow where 6th

c Human cells are deprived of the
nutrients that the parasite uses,
sulfur concentration in the air is
high, which it was over 20 years and the parasite can block fluid flow
ago in cities as there was a lot of causing damage to the body.
sulfur pollution.
7th b
Photo B was taken in the
7th
2 anything similar to: an organism that
feeds from another living organism (the
countryside, because blackspot host) without killing it first, causing harm
fungus cannot grow well where to the host
there is a high level of sulfur dioxide
air pollution as found in the middle
of cities.
5th
3 Lice have sharp mouthparts that can
pierce skin and suck blood.

4
7th
4 a The tapeworm absorbs nutrients
from the host's intestine. This will
6th
3 Fish farming can change the environment,
such as by the addition of nutrients from
reduce the amount of nutrients that food or fish faeces. It can also introduce
the host can absorb. If not enough parasites or disease due to large numbers
nutrients are absorbed from the of fish in a relatively small space.
intestine, this will cause malnutrition
in the host. 6th
4 for food, to control another species,
by accident as escapees from homes
7th
b The tapeworm releases fertilised
eggs into the remains of the host's
(exotic pets) or zoos
digested food. These leave the body 6th

5 any two suitable examples, such as:
competition for food, predation on
in faeces. If another person eats food
infected with fertilised eggs, then indigenous species, introduction of
they will hatch and grow into new parasites or disease to indigenous
tapeworms inside that host's body. species
6th
5 a The clownfish is protected from 6th
6 a Adding nutrients to a field can help
a crop grow better.
predators.
6th
b The sea anemone is protected 7th
b Biodiversity can be reduced
because larger fish may die.
from predators and benefits from
nitrogen in the fish's faeces. S1 Too much fertiliser leads to some getting into
nearby water. Eutrophication of a stream or
7th
6 The alga benefits from the protection of
living inside the animal. The coral animal
river can cause rapid growth of algae and
aquatic plants that shade and kill other plants,
benefits from extra nutrients from the
leading to an increase in bacteria in the water,
photosynthetic alga.
which use more oxygen, so that larger animals/
fish die due to lack of oxygen.
7th
7 A parasitic relationship is where the
parasite benefits but the host is harmed. E1 Any suitable questions that indicate
A mutualistic relationship is where both understanding of impact of measures on
partners benefit. ecosystems, such as:
S1 With a suitable example, such as tapeworm/ • Will the suggested control programme
human or headlice/human, description should affect other species in the community?
include how parasite can only live by taking
food from its host.
• Will the suggested programme cause
pollution of the environment?
E1 Elephantiasis is caused by roundworms. If • How much will the programme cost? / How
Wolbachia bacteria inside roundworms are much damage are the American crayfish
killed by the antibiotic, the roundworms cannot doing? (cost/benefit analysis)
reproduce and will soon die. This is because
the relationship between roundworms and Exam-style question
Wolbachia is mutualistic. A suitable benefit would be: protects wild fish
stocks which maintains biodiversity. (1)
Exam-style question
A suitable problem would be: introduction of
Evidence would be needed of whether both parasites that harm indigenous fish, which would
partners in the relationship benefit, which would be reduce biodiversity / pollute the local environment
mutualism, (1) or if one benefits and the other is killing other organisms, which would reduce
harmed, which would be parasitism. (1) biodiversity. (1)
SB9g Biodiversity and humans SB9h Preserving biodiversity

5th
1 Growing fish for food in a defined space,
such as in pens.
5th
1 The replanting of forests and woodlands
in areas that have been cleared.
6th
2 More fish can be produced and
overfishing of wild fish is reduced.
6th
2 a The planting of different kinds of
trees means there are more species
of plants growing in the area than
there were 100 years ago.

5
Exam-style question
7th
b Different kinds of trees have
attracted different herbivores that
Reforestation has increased the biodiversity of
trees in the area, which has led to increased
feed on them, which in turn has
biodiversity of animals. (1) It has also allowed the
attracted more predators. So there
conservation of some rare species such as the red
are more species of animals in the
squirrel and osprey. (1)
area now than 100 years ago.
6th
3 Grey squirrels compete for food with
red squirrels so there is less for the red SB9i Food security
squirrels to eat.
6th 1 Any suitable suggestion related to not
having much money, such as not being
7th
4 Kielder Forest is mainly planted with
conifer trees, which is better habitat for able to buy quality seed, fertilisers, farm
red squirrels, so there is more space equipment, that could increase crop
and food for red squirrels to increase. production.
2 More people need more food, and this

6th
5 a They are killed to provide body
parts or to protect people and
6th
might become more difficult as there will
their animals. The habitat in which be less good land for growing food.
they live has been reduced due to
7th 3 India because it has the most rapidly
deforestation.
growing population, and so will need to
increase food production most rapidly.
7th
b There are not enough tigers in the
wild to breed, and it is still not safe
7th 4 a fish: increase 110%; meat: increase
enough for them to survive in the
84%; cereal: increase 13%. This
wild.
shows that over the past 50 years
the supply of meat and fish has
7th
c Areas must be replanted with forest
to increase the tiger's habitat, and increased far more rapidly (was at
people must stop killing them. least four times greater) than the
supply of cereals.
6th
6 any three suitable answers, such as:
maintaining biodiversity so that the
7th b
As countries become wealthier,
more people seem to prefer eating
ecosystem can recover faster from meat and fish. Eating more meat
disaster; conserving rare or endangered reduces the amount of food that
species so that they don't die out; can be produced in the same area,
maintaining a source of species that which will make food security more
may be useful in the future, such as for difficult.
medicines
7th 5 Producing more fertiliser means greater
8th 7 Clearing of rainforest can remove the
seeds of some of the species that used
demand for energy and greater release
of carbon dioxide. This may harm the
to grow there. By planting and growing environment in the future, which makes
these species in the area, biodiversity of fertiliser production unsustainable.
the trees can recover faster. The wider
range of trees will provide a greater 7th 6 The vector of the virus is killed off where
range of habitats for herbivores and it is cold. As climate change is making
predators, so increasing the biodiversity it warmer further north, the virus is
of animals faster too. spreading north from Europe into
the UK.
S1 Planting different kinds of trees increases
biodiversity of plants. Different trees attract 6th 7 any one advantage, such as: better
different herbivores, which will then attract for the environment than burning fossil
different predators. So this will increase the fuels as biofuels don’t add extra carbon
biodiversity of animals too. dioxide to the atmosphere any one
E1 The letter should explain how a range of disadvantage, such as: the land used
different trees will attract different herbivores for growing biofuels may be suitable for
to the area, and also predators, which will growing food, so increasing the area for
increase biodiversity. It should also explain biofuel growth could affect food security
the benefits of increasing biodiversity, such as
conserving rare or endangered species.

6
water vapour to become water droplets
7th 8 The explanation needs to include in clouds.
a comparison of advantages and
disadvantages of using biofuels instead 3rd
3 We take in water in food and drink.
of fossil fuels, linked to sustainability,
such as: Biofuels are more sustainable 4th
4 any two from: in urine, in faeces,
evaporation of sweat, water vapour in
than using fossil fuels because they are
less likely to add to carbon dioxide to the breath
atmosphere and cause climate change.
However, there must be control over
6th
5 needs to show evaporation from
animals and transpiration from plants;
where biofuels are grown so as not to
also drinking of water/water in food by
reduce food security as that would be
animals and absorption of water through
unsustainable.
roots by plants; loss of liquid water by
S1 List similar to the following: animals in urine and faeces
• human population growth
5th
6 filtered to remove dirt, pathogens and
• increased proportion of meat and fish in toxic substances > cleaned by treatment
diet with chemicals > treated to improve
• increase in agricultural inputs (e.g. flavour
fertiliser) that are unsustainable
• climate change introducing new pests and
7th
7 Clouds and mist are formed from
water that has evaporated and then
diseases
condensed. As substances in the
• increased land area for biofuel. original water source cannot evaporate,
E1 Any suitable recommendations that clearly this means they are left behind. So
recognise the need for sustainability as well as the water from clouds is usually not
food security, such as: contaminated with other substances (is
pure).
•
planning for population increase so there
is enough food available for everyone 6th
8 Water from the dirty water mixture
•
assessing farming practices to find which evaporates, leaving the dirt behind. The
agricultural inputs produce greatest yield water vapour is then condensed in a
with least damage to the environment separate area and collected for drinking.
•
campaigns to persuade people to increase
7th
9 There is not enough water from surface
the proportion of foods in their diets from
or underground water because the area
plants rather than from animals
is mostly desert. Saudi Arabia has a
•
assessment of new ways of farming, coastline which means plenty of sea
such as fish farming, for sustainability water for desalination.
in production as well as limiting
environmental impact S1 Water that is taken from surface or
underground water may contain dirt,
•
monitoring the spread of pests and
pathogens and toxic substances that must be
diseases in Europe to anticipate the need
removed to make it potable. It may also need
for crop and farm animal protection.
treating to make it taste better.
Exam-style question E1 Advantage: Desalination provides potable
The same amount of land produces less food from water in areas where there is not enough water
animals than if used to grow crops. (1) If people eat available from surface or underground water.
more meat and less food from crops, then we need Possible disadvantages: Desalination needs a
more land to produce enough food for everyone. (1) plentiful supply of salty water (such as by the
If there is not enough land to produce all the meat coast). Desalination needs a lot of energy.
needed, this will risk food security. (1)
Exam-style question
Liquid water from the surface of the Earth (in
SB9j The water cycle oceans, lakes, etc.) evaporates as water vapour
into the air. (1) The water vapour condenses as
5th
1 water, carbon, nitrogen
water droplets, forming clouds, and may freeze to
form hail or snow. (1) Rain, hail or snow fall to the
4th
2 Evaporation causes liquid water in
oceans, rivers etc to become water ground, with hail or snow melting to water. The
vapour in the air. Condensation causes water forms rivers, etc. (1)

7
SB9k The carbon cycle SB9l The nitrogen cycle
5th
1 photosynthesis 6th
1 a A plant without enough nitrogen
does not grow as well as a plant
6th
2 In photosynthesis, carbon dioxide
combines with water to form glucose. In
that has more nitrogen.
respiration, glucose is broken down to

release carbon dioxide and water.
7th
b The nitrogen is needed to make
proteins and DNA. Without nitrogen
the plant cannot make more cells
7th
3 Diagram should show: and grow.
• carbon compounds in food eaten by
predator digested and absorbed into 8th 2 As the crop grows, it will absorb nitrates
through its roots for making more cells.
body
This will cause the concentration of
• some carbon compounds broken
nitrate in the soil to fall continuously
down in respiration to form carbon
through the growing period.
dioxide that is breathed out
• some carbon compounds used 6th
3 Soil fertility is how well the soil can
to produce more animal biomass support plant growth, which depends on
(increase body size or for the concentration in the soil of nutrients
reproduction) that plants need.
• carbon compounds left in
8th 4 Manure is made from animal faeces,
undigested food deposited back into
which contain nitrogen compounds such
the environment as faeces
as proteins. Soil bacteria/decomposers
• some carbon compounds lost to in the soil break down the nitrogen
environment in urine. compounds, releasing nitrates that
plants can absorb.
5th
4 respiration and combustion
7th
5 Carbon dioxide absorbed from the air by 7th
5 Both partners benefit. The plant benefits
from extra nitrates, the bacteria benefit
photosynthesis is released by respiration
from living in a protected environment.
of the plant, or by respiration of the
animals in the food chain that begins
with the plant. This keeps the amount of
8th 6 to increase soil fertility by adding nitrates
from a crop containing nitrogen-fixing
carbon in the air fairly constant. bacteria, such as peas
S1 The fungus digests the carbon compounds in
the cow's faeces, helping to break down the 8th 7 Nitrogen in the air is converted to
nitrates in soil by bacteria or lightning.
faeces and releasing carbon dioxide into the
The nitrates in soil are absorbed by
air. Some of the carbon compounds absorbed
by the fungus are used to make more plants and used to make nitrogen
fungal biomass, which then passes to other compounds. Nitrogen compounds in
organisms that eat it or to decomposers when plants are absorbed into an animal's
it dies. body as a result of feeding.
E1 On the local cycle a lot of carbon that was S1 Manure, fertilisers and crop rotation all add
stored in tree biomass would be released into nitrates to the soil, which means that the crop
the air rapidly as carbon dioxide when the which is planted next should grow better.
trees were burnt. The grass that replaces the E1 Although some of the nitrogen taken into the
trees will remove some of the carbon dioxide plants as they grew will be removed in the part
in photosynthesis, but much of it will remain in that is harvested for our food, the rest can be
the air on a global scale. Less carbon will be returned to the soil as nitrates, as soil bacteria/
stored in the grass than in the trees, because decomposers break down the plant remains.
grass has a smaller biomass, so global
atmospheric carbon will not fall again. Exam-style question
Bacteria in the soil break down nitrogen
Exam-style question
compounds, releasing nitrates that plants can
Decomposers break down dead plant and animal absorb and use for growth. (1) Some plants have
material, and animal waste (1), digesting carbon root nodules that contain nitrogen-fixing bacteria,
compounds and releasing carbon dioxide into the and so get nitrates directly from the bacteria. (1)
air. (1)

8
SB9m Rates of decomposition 8th 7 a 142 – 48 = 94 g 94/14 = 6.7 g/day
6th 1 fungi and bacteria
8th b
The second apple has a slower rate
7 th
2 Decomposers decay dead plant and of decomposition, probably because
animal material, which is what our food it decayed in a cooler place, so the
is made of. activity of decomposers would be
slower.
6th 3 a jam and dried salted meat
S1 Any suitable suggestions that indicate how
6 th
b
Decomposers need moist conditions different types of food should be kept, such as:
to grow well. • fresh food such as salad, meat, fish,
bread – wrapped and placed in a fridge to
7th 4 a Decomposers grow more slowly keep cool
as the temperature decreases,
because the rate of reactions • prepared foods, such as crisps, nuts,
dried fruit, sealed in packets – don’t
decrease as temperature
need chilling as they have a low moisture
decreases.
content, which reduces the rate of growth
7th b
Many microorganisms need oxygen of decomposers
for respiration, which releases
energy from stored food for life • fresh fruit such as apples, banana etc. –
naturally ‘packaged’ so no further method
processes that contribute to growth. of preservation is needed.
If oxygen is limited, then the rate of
growth will be slow. E1 Any suitable design that shows how to
maximise the rate of growth of decomposers
8th 5 The pH of cell contents affects the in a compost heap, such as:
rate of enzyme-controlled reactions.
If the pH is too far from the optimum for • insulation is needed to keep an optimum
temperature in the heap for decomposition
the enzymes, then the rate of reaction
slows, and the rate of growth will slow. • best moisture level to maximise the rate of
decomposition
8th 6 a Allowing in plenty of oxygen through
the spaces in the sides, and by
• mixing the heap up to keep the oxygen
concentration high enough for rapid
turning the heap, will increase decomposition
the rate of respiration. Keeping
in warmth and moisture with an • choosing the best decomposers to add to
the heap at the start of the process.
insulated lid will increase the
rate of many reactions. A range Exam-style question
of nutrients, from different plant
material and soil, increases the The temperature in a fridge reduces the rate of
chance that decomposers have all reactions in the decomposers, (1) which reduces
the nutrients they need for rapid the rate at which they decompose food. (1)
growth.
7th b
This might keep too much heat in
the heap, which could increase its
temperature to a level that kills the
decomposers, or reduces their rate
of growth. It might also prevent
oxygen from getting into the heap.

9

BIOLOGY Edexcel (9-1) Student Book Answers

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BIOLOGY Edexcel (9-1) Student Book Answers

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BIOLOGY Edexcel (9-1) Student Book Answers

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Answers

SB1a Microscopes c 1 mm × 150 = 150 mm

• image has more clarity/is clearer 4 a Electron microscope

Activity and Assessment Pack SB1a.3 Microscopes – Extend

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

2 Golgi, Koch and Dutrochet are examples. SB1b.4 Organelles – Extend

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

d • Mitochondria/on – where aerobic 6th 5 a

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

5th 3 Movement/lets the bacterium swim.

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

2 Flagellum 6th 3 a amino acids

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

8th 9 Diagram or flowchart that shows SB1e.3 Enzymes – Strengthen

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

4 a calorimeter 5 a Temperature rise will be too low

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

or break bonds > new/product molecule(s) Breakdown

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

2 a Identified statement should be 'One 3 a No

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

6th 3 a 40 °C SB1h Core practical – pH and

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

SB1i.7 Absorption in plant roots

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

SB2a.5 Cell division and cancer 6th 2 a no

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

Exam-style question 6 Any three suitable examples with appropriate

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

2 Muscle cells can contract/shorten. This means 6th b

final mass – initial mass

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

Activity and Assessment Pack

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

8th 6 Heart stem cells could be injected into

8th 7 They may continue to divide uncontrollably

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

7 Because all cells contain an organism’s Part Structure Function

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

Part Structure Function

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

SB2f.3: Brain and spinal cord

© Pearson Education Ltd 2016. Copying permitted for

b It uses gamma rays instead of X-rays.